Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Prosperity Bancshares

Prosperity Bancshares

pb · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pb
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2005 Annual Report · Prosperity Bancshares
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)  
⌧  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (D) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

      For The Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005  

OR  

(cid:133)  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

      For the transition period from              to              

Commission File Number 0-25051  

PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.®  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

74-2331986 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

TEXAS 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 
PROSPERITY BANK PLAZA 
4295 SAN FELIPE 
HOUSTON, TEXAS 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

77027 
(Zip Code) 
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (713) 693-9300  
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None  
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  
Common Stock, par value  
$1.00 per share  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities 

Act.    Yes  (cid:133)    No  ⌧  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d) of the 

Act.    Yes  (cid:133)    No  ⌧  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required 
to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ⌧    No  (cid:133)  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, 
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment of this Form 10-K.  (cid:133)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. 

See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):  

Large Accelerated Filer  (cid:133) 

Accelerated Filer  ⌧ 

Non-accelerated Filer  (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the 

Act).    Yes  (cid:133)    No  ⌧  

1

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
The aggregate market value of the shares of Common Stock held by non-affiliates, based on the closing price of the 

Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market System on June 30, 2005 was approximately $620.2 million.  

As of March 1, 2006, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was 27,864,894.  

Documents Incorporated by Reference:  
Portions of the Company’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed 

within 120 days after December 31, 2005, are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10-14 of this Form 10-K.  

2

 
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.®  
2005 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  

PART I  

Item 1. Business............................................................................................................................  
General.........................................................................................................................  
2005 Acquisitions ........................................................................................................  
Pending Acquisition.....................................................................................................  
Recent Developments ..................................................................................................  
Available Information..................................................................................................  
Officers and Associates................................................................................................  
Banking Activities .......................................................................................................  
Business Strategies ......................................................................................................  
Competition .................................................................................................................  
Supervision and Regulation .........................................................................................  

Risk Factors ......................................................................................................................  

Item 
1A. 
Item 
1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments.............................................................................................  
Item 2. Properties..........................................................................................................................  
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.............................................................................................................  
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders ......................................................  

PART II 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities ..........................................................................................................  
Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data ..............................................................................  
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

Overview......................................................................................................................  
Critical Accounting Policies ........................................................................................  
Results of Operations...................................................................................................  
Financial Condition......................................................................................................  

Item 
7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk ...........................................  
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.................................................................  
Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Item 
9A. 
Item 
9B.  Other Information .............................................................................................................  

Controls and Procedures...................................................................................................  

PART 
III  

PART 
IV  

Item 
10. 
Item 
11. 
Item 
12. 
Item 
13. 
Item 
14. 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant ..........................................................  

Executive Compensation ..................................................................................................  
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

.....................................................................................................................................  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions...............................................................  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services...........................................................................  

Item 
15. 
Signatures  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  .........................................................................  

3

3 
3 
4 
4 
5 
5 
5 
5 
6 
7 
7 

  15 

  19 
  20 
  21 
  21 

  21 
  23 
  25 
  26 
  27 
  28 
  35 

  53 
  54 
  55 

  55 

  58 

  58 

  58 

  58 

  58 

  58 

  59 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 PART I  

ITEM 1. BUSINESS  
General  

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.®, a Texas corporation (the “Company”), was formed in 1983 as a vehicle to acquire the 
former Allied Bank in Edna, Texas which was chartered in 1949 as The First National Bank of Edna. The Company is a 
registered financial holding company that derives substantially all of its revenues and income from the operation of its bank 
subsidiary, Prosperity Bank® (“Prosperity Bank®” or the “Bank”). The Bank provides a broad line of financial products and 
services to small and medium-sized businesses and consumers. As of December 31, 2005, the Bank operated eight-five 
(85) full-service banking locations, with thirty-three (33) in the Greater Houston Consolidated Metropolitan Statistical Area 
(“CMSA”), seventeen (17) in fifteen contiguous counties situated south and southwest of Houston and extending into South 
Texas, six (6) in the Austin, Texas area, sixteen (16) in the Corpus Christi, Texas area, two (2) in the east Texas area and 
eleven (11) in the Dallas, Texas area. The Greater Houston CMSA consists of Austin, Brazoria, Chambers, Fort Bend, 
Galveston, Harris, Liberty, Montgomery, San Jacinto and Waller counties. The Company’s headquarters are located at 
Prosperity Bank Plaza, 4295 San Felipe in Houston, Texas and its telephone number is (713) 693-9300. The Company’s 
website address is www.prosperitybanktx.com.  

The Company’s market consists of the communities served by its banking centers. US Highway 59 (scheduled to 
become Interstate Highway 69), which serves as the primary “NAFTA Highway” linking the interior United States and 
Mexico, runs directly through the center of the Company’s market area. The increased traffic along this NAFTA Highway 
has enhanced economic activity in the Company’s market area and created opportunities for growth. The diverse nature of the 
economies in each local market served by the Company provides the Company with a varied customer base and allows the 
Company to spread its lending risk throughout a number of different industries including farming, ranching, petrochemicals, 
manufacturing, tourism, recreation and professional service firms and their principals. The Company’s market areas outside 
of Houston, Dallas, Corpus Christi and Austin are dominated by either small community banks or branches of large regional 
banks. Management believes that the Company, as one of the few mid-sized financial institutions that combines responsive 
community banking with the sophistication of a regional bank holding company, has a competitive advantage in its market 
areas and excellent growth opportunities through acquisitions, new banking center locations and additional business 
development.  

Operating under a community banking philosophy, the Company seeks to develop broad customer relationships based 

on service and convenience while maintaining its conservative approach to lending and strong asset quality. The Company 
has grown through a combination of internal growth, the acquisition of community banks, branches of banks and the opening 
of new banking centers. Utilizing a low cost of funds and employing stringent cost controls, the Company has been profitable 
in every full year of its existence, including the period of adverse economic conditions in Texas in the late 1980s. From 1988 
to 1992, as a sound and profitable institution, the Company took advantage of this economic downturn and acquired the 
deposits and certain assets of failed banks in West Columbia, El Campo and Cuero, Texas and two failed banks in Houston, 
which diversified the Company’s franchise and increased its core deposits. The Company opened a full-service banking 
center in Victoria, Texas in 1993 and the following year established a banking center in Bay City, Texas. The Company 
expanded its Bay City presence in 1996 with the acquisition of an additional branch location from Norwest Bank Texas (now 
Wells Fargo), and in 1997, the Company acquired the Angleton, Texas branch of Wells Fargo Bank. In 1998, the Company 
enhanced its West Columbia Banking Center with the purchase of a commercial bank branch located in West Columbia and 
acquired Union State Bank in East Bernard, Texas.  

4

 
  
From December 31, 1998 through December 31, 2005, the Company grew through internal growth and the completion 

of the following acquisitions:  

Acquired Entity 

South Texas Bancshares, Inc. ..................................  
Compass Bank (5 branches) ....................................  
Commercial Bancshares, Inc. ..................................  
Texas Guaranty Bank, N.A......................................  
The First State Bank of Needville(2) .........................  
Paradigm Bancorporation, Inc. ................................  
Southwest Bank Holding Company.........................  
First National Bank of Bay City(2) ............................  
Abrams Centre Bancshares, Inc...............................  
Dallas Bancshares, Inc.............................................  
MainBancorp, Inc. ...................................................  
First State Bank of North Texas ..............................  
Liberty Bancshares, Inc. ..........................................  
Village Bank and Trust, s.s.b...................................  
First Capital Bankers, Inc. .......................................  
Grapeland Bancshares, Inc. .....................................  

Acquired Bank 
Commercial State Bank 
N/A 
Heritage Bank 
Same 
Same 
Paradigm Bank Texas 
Bank of the Southwest 
Same 
Abrams Centre National Bank 
BankDallas 
mainbank, n.a. 
Same 
Liberty Bank, S.S.B. 
Same 
FirstCapital Bank, s.s.b. 
First State Bank of Grapeland 

Completion 
Date  

Number of 
Banking Centers 
Added(1) 

1999 
2000 
2001 
2002 
2002 
2002 
2002 
2002 
2003 
2003 
2003 
2003 
2004 
2004 
2005 
2005 

3 
4 
12 
3 
—   
8 
2 
—   
1 
1 
4 
3 
5 
1 
27 
2 

(1)  The number of banking centers added does not include any locations of the acquired entity that were closed and 

consolidated into existing banking centers of the Company.  

(2)  The only banking center of the acquired entity was closed and consolidated into an existing banking center of the 

Company.  

2005 Acquisitions  

On December 1, 2005, the Company completed its acquisition of Grapeland Bancshares, Inc. (the “Grapeland 
acquisition”), Grapeland, Texas. Under the terms of the agreement, Grapeland merged into the Company and subsequently, 
Grapeland’s wholly owned subsidiary, First State Bank of Grapeland, merged into the Bank. The Company issued 232,888 
shares of its common stock for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Grapeland. Grapeland was privately held and 
operated two (2) banking offices in Grapeland and Crockett, Texas, both of which became full service banking centers of the 
Company.  

On March 1, 2005, the Company completed its acquisition of First Capital Bankers, Inc. (the “First Capital 
acquisition”), Corpus Christi, Texas. Under the terms of the agreement, First Capital was merged into the Company and 
subsequently, First Capital’s wholly owned subsidiary, FirstCapital Bank, s.s.b., was merged into the Bank. The Company 
issued approximately 5.079 million shares of its common stock for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of First 
Capital and converted all outstanding options to acquire First Capital common stock into options to acquire approximately 
234,000 shares of Company common stock. First Capital was privately held and operated thirty-two (32) banking offices in 
and around Corpus Christi, Houston and Victoria, Texas, five of which were closed and consolidated with existing banking 
centers of the Company.  

Pending Acquisition  

On November 16, 2005, the Company announced its proposed acquisition of SNB Bancshares, Inc. (“SNB”), Sugar 

Land, Texas. Under the terms of the agreement, SNB will merge into the Company and subsequently, SNB’s wholly owned 
subsidiary, Southern National Bank of Texas will merge into the Bank. The Company expects to issue approximately 
4.448 million shares of its common stock and approximately $93.0 million in cash for all of the issued and outstanding 
capital stock of SNB subject to adjustment as provided in the agreement. SNB is publicly traded and operates five 
(5) banking offices in Fort Bend County, Houston and Katy, Texas and two (2) stand alone motor banks in Houston, Texas. 
SNB has an additional banking office under construction in Katy, Texas. As of December 31, 2005, SNB had, on a 
consolidated basis, total assets of $1.025 billion, loans (including loans held for sale) of $652.8 million, deposits of $892.0 
million and shareholders’ equity of $82.5 million.  

5

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Recent Developments  

On February 28, 2006, the Company redeemed in full the $6.2 million in junior subordinated debentures issued to 
Paradigm Capital Trust II. Paradigm Capital Trust II in turn redeemed in full the trust preferred securities and common 
securities it issued.  

Available Information  

The Company’s website address is www.prosperitybanktx.com. The Company makes available free of charge on or 
through its website its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all 
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and 
Exchange Commission. Information contained on the Company’s website is not incorporated by reference into this annual 
report on Form 10-K and is not part of this or any other report.  

Officers and Associates  

The Company’s directors and officers are important to the Company’s success and play a key role in the Company’s 

business development efforts by actively participating in civic and public service activities in the communities served by the 
Company, including the Rotary Club, Lion’s Club, Pilot Club, United Way and Chamber of Commerce.  

The Company has invested heavily in its officers and associates by recruiting talented officers in its market areas and 
providing them with economic incentive in the form of stock options and bonuses based on cross-selling performance. The 
senior management team has substantial experience in the Houston, Dallas, Austin and Corpus Christi markets and the 
surrounding communities in which the Company has a presence. Each banking center location is administered by a local 
president or manager with knowledge of the community and lending expertise in the specific industries found in the 
community. The Company entrusts its banking center Presidents and Managers with authority and flexibility within general 
parameters with respect to product pricing and decision making in order to avoid the bureaucratic structure of larger banks. 
The Company operates each banking center as a separate profit center, maintaining separate data with respect to each banking 
center’s net interest income, efficiency ratio, deposit growth, loan growth and overall profitability. Banking center presidents 
and managers are accountable for performance in these areas and compensated accordingly. The Company’s local banking 
centers have no 1-800 telephone numbers. Each banking center has its own listed local business telephone number, which 
enables a customer to be served by a local banker with decision making authority.  

As of December 31, 2005, the Company and the Bank had 859 full-time equivalent associates, 299 of whom were 
officers of the Bank. The Company provides medical and hospitalization insurance to its full-time associates. The Company 
considers its relations with associates to be excellent. Neither the Company nor the Bank is a party to any collective 
bargaining agreement.  

Banking Activities  

The Company, through the Bank, offers a variety of traditional loan and deposit products to its customers, which 
consist primarily of consumers and small and medium-sized businesses. The Bank tailors its products to the specific needs of 
customers in a given market. At December 31, 2005, the Bank maintained approximately 185,000 separate deposit accounts 
and 21,000 separate loan accounts and 23.1% of the Bank’s total deposits were noninterest-bearing demand deposits. For the 
year ended December 31, 2005, the Company’s average cost of funds was 1.75% and the Company’s average cost of deposits 
(excluding all borrowings) was 1.56%.  

The Company has been an active mortgage lender, with commercial mortgage and 1-4 family residential loans 
comprising 57.0% of the Company’s total loans as of December 31, 2005. The Company also offers loans for automobiles 
and other consumer durables, home equity loans, debit cards, internet banking and other cash management services and 
automated telephone banking. By offering certificates of deposit, checking with interest accounts, savings accounts and 
overdraft protection at competitive rates, the Company gives its depositors a full range of traditional deposit products.  

The businesses targeted by the Company in its lending efforts are primarily those that require loans in the $100,000 to 
$8.0 million range. The Company offers these businesses a broad array of loan products including term loans, lines of credit 
and loans for working capital, business expansion and the purchase of equipment and machinery, interim construction loans 
for builders and owner-occupied commercial real estate loans. For its business customers, the Company has developed a 
specialized checking product called Small Business Checking which provides fixed discounted fees for checking.  

6

 
Business Strategies  

The Company’s main objective is to increase deposits and loans internally, as well as through additional expansion 
opportunities, while maintaining efficiency, individualized customer service and maximizing profitability. To achieve this 
objective, the Company has employed the following strategic goals:  

Continue Community Banking Emphasis. The Company intends to continue operating as a community banking 
organization focused on meeting the specific needs of consumers and small and medium-sized businesses in its market areas. 
The Company will continue to provide a high degree of responsiveness combined with a wide variety of banking products 
and services. The Company staffs its banking centers with experienced bankers with lending expertise in the specific 
industries found in the community, giving them authority to make certain pricing and credit decisions, thereby attempting to 
avoid the bureaucratic structure of larger banks.  

Increase Loan Volume and Diversify Loan Portfolio. While maintaining its conservative approach to lending, the 
Company has emphasized both new and existing loan products, focusing on growing its construction, commercial mortgage 
and commercial loan portfolios. During the two-year period from December 31, 2003 to December 31, 2005, the Company’s 
construction loans grew from $36.5 million to $206.7 million, or 466.6%. The Company’s commercial and industrial loans 
grew from $94.0 million to $222.8 million, or 137.0%, and its commercial mortgages increased from $260.9 million to 
$566.4 million, or 117.1% for the same period. In addition, the Company targets professional service firms including legal 
and medical practices for both loans secured by owner-occupied premises and personal loans to their principals.  

Continue Strict Focus on Efficiency. The Company plans to maintain its stringent cost control practices and policies. 
The Company has invested significantly in the infrastructure required to centralize many of its critical operations, such as 
data processing and loan processing. For its banking centers, which the Company operates as independent profit centers, the 
Company supplies complete support in the areas of loan review, internal audit, compliance and training. Management 
believes that this centralized infrastructure can accommodate substantial additional growth while enabling the Company to 
minimize operational costs through certain economies of scale.  

Enhance Cross-Selling. The Company recognizes that its customer base provides significant opportunities to cross-sell 

various products and it seeks to develop broader customer relationships by identifying cross-selling opportunities. The 
Company uses incentives and friendly competition to encourage cross-selling efforts and increase cross-selling results among 
its associates. Officers and associates have access to each customer’s existing and related account relationships and are better 
able to inform customers of additional products when customers visit or call the various banking centers or use their drive-in 
facilities. In addition, the Company includes product information in monthly statements and other mailings.  

Maintain Strong Asset Quality. The Company intends to maintain the strong asset quality that has been representative 

of its historical loan portfolio. As the Company diversifies and increases its lending activities, it may face higher risks of 
nonpayment and increased risks in the event of economic downturns. The Company intends, however, to continue to employ 
the strict underwriting guidelines and comprehensive loan review process that has contributed to its low incidence of 
nonperforming assets and its minimal charge-offs in relation to its size.  

Expand Market Share Through Internal Growth and a Disciplined Acquisition Strategy. The Company intends to 
continue seeking opportunities, both inside and outside its existing markets, to expand either by acquiring existing banks or 
branches of banks or by establishing new banking centers. All of the Company’s acquisitions have been accretive to earnings 
within 12 months after acquisition date and generally have supplied the Company with relatively low-cost deposits which 
have been used to fund the Company’s lending and investing activities. However, the Company makes no guarantee that 
future acquisitions, if any, will be accretive to earnings within any particular time period. Factors used by the Company to 
evaluate expansion opportunities include the similarity in management and operating philosophies, whether the acquisition 
will be accretive to earnings and enhance shareholder value, the ability to achieve economies of scale to improve the 
efficiency ratio and the opportunity to enhance the Company’s market presence.  

Competition  

The banking business is highly competitive, and the profitability of the Company depends principally on its ability to 

compete in its market areas. The Company competes with other commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan 
associations, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, 
asset-based nonbank lenders and certain other nonfinancial entities, including retail stores which may maintain their own 
credit programs and certain governmental organizations which may offer more favorable financing than the Company. The 
Company believes it has been able to compete effectively with other financial institutions by emphasizing customer service, 
technology and responsive decision-making with respect to loans; by establishing long-term customer relationships and 
building customer loyalty; and by providing products and services designed to address the specific needs of its customers.  

7

 
  
Supervision and Regulation  

The supervision and regulation of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries is intended primarily for the 

protection of depositors, the deposit insurance funds of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the banking 
system as a whole, and not for the protection of the bank holding company shareholders or creditors. The banking agencies 
have broad enforcement power over bank holding companies and banks including the power to impose substantial fines and 
other penalties for violations of laws and regulations.  

The following description summarizes some of the laws to which the Company and the Bank are subject. References in 

this annual report on Form 10-K to applicable statutes and regulations are brief summaries thereof, do not purport to be 
complete, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations.  

The Company  

The Company is a financial holding company pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and a bank holding company 
registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”). Accordingly, the Company is subject to 
supervision, regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve 
Board”). The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the BHCA and other federal laws subject financial and bank holding companies to 
particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and 
activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations.  

Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends; Source of Strength. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank 
holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if 
prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy 
provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding 
company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries.  

Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to 

each of its banking subsidiaries and commit resources to their support. Such support may be required at times when, absent 
this Federal Reserve Board policy, a holding company may not be inclined to provide it. As discussed below, a bank holding 
company, in certain circumstances, could be required to guarantee the capital plan of an undercapitalized banking subsidiary.  

In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the trustee will 

be deemed to have assumed and is required to cure immediately any deficit under any commitment by the debtor holding 
company to any of the federal banking agencies to maintain the capital of an insured depository institution. Any claim for 
breach of such obligation will generally have priority over most other unsecured claims.  

Scope of Permissible Activities. Under the BHCA, bank holding companies generally may not acquire a direct or 

indirect interest in or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding 
company or from engaging in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to 
or performing services for its subsidiaries, except that it may engage in, directly or indirectly, certain activities that the 
Federal Reserve Board determined to be closely related to banking or managing and controlling banks as to be a proper 
incident thereto. In approving acquisitions or the addition of activities, the Federal Reserve considers whether the acquisition 
or the additional activities can reasonably be expected to produce benefits to the public, such as greater convenience, 
increased competition, or gains in efficiency, that outweigh such possible adverse effects as undue concentration of resources 
decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest or unsound banking practices.  

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, effective March 11, 2000, eliminated the barriers to 

affiliations among banks, securities firms, insurance companies and other financial service providers and permits bank 
holding companies to become financial holding companies and thereby affiliate with securities firms and insurance 
companies and engage in other activities that are financial in nature. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act defines “financial in 
nature” to include securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; 
insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities; and activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined 
to be closely related to banking. No regulatory approval will be required for a financial holding company to acquire a 
company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities 
that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board.  

Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, a bank holding company may become a financial holding company by filing a 

declaration with the Federal Reserve Board if each of its subsidiary banks is well capitalized under the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”) prompt corrective action provisions, is well managed, and has at least a 
satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”). The Company became a financial holding 
company on April 18, 2000.  

8

 
  
While the Federal Reserve Board is the “umbrella” regulator for financial holding companies and has the power to 
examine banking organizations engaged in new activities, regulation and supervision of activities which are financial in 
nature or determined to be incidental to such financial activities will be handled along functional lines. Accordingly, 
activities of subsidiaries of a financial holding company will be regulated by the agency or authorities with the most 
experience regulating that activity as it is conducted in a financial holding company.  

Safe and Sound Banking Practices. Bank holding companies are not permitted to engage in unsafe and unsound 
banking practices. The Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation Y, for example, generally requires a holding company to give the 
Federal Reserve Board prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities, if the consideration to be 
paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases or redemptions in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more 
of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may oppose the transaction if it believes that the 
transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. Depending upon the 
circumstances, the Federal Reserve Board could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or 
unsound banking practice.  

The Federal Reserve Board has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their nonbanking 
subsidiaries which represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations, and 
can assess civil money penalties for certain activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis, if those activities caused a 
substantial loss to a depository institution. The penalties can be as high as $1.0 million for each day the activity continues.  

Anti-Tying Restrictions. Bank holding companies and their affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of certain 

services, such as extensions of credit, to other services offered by a holding company or its affiliates.  

Capital Adequacy Requirements. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a system using risk-based capital guidelines 
to evaluate the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. Under the guidelines, specific categories of assets are assigned 
different risk weights, based generally on the perceived credit risk of the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by 
corresponding asset balances to determine a “risk-weighted” asset base. The guidelines require a minimum ratio of total 
capital to total tangible risk-weighted assets of 8.0% (of which at least 4.0% is required to consist of Tier 1 capital elements). 
Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s ratio of Tier 1 capital to total 
tangible risk-weighted assets was 15.34% and its ratio of total capital to total tangible risk-weighted assets was 16.37%. 
Tangible risk-weighted assets are calculated as total risk-weighted assets less intangible assets such as goodwill and core 
deposit intangibles.  

In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve Board uses a leverage ratio as an additional tool to 

evaluate the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. The leverage ratio is a company’s Tier 1 capital divided by its 
average total tangible consolidated assets. Certain highly rated bank holding companies may maintain a minimum leverage 
ratio of 3.0%, but other bank holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 4.0%. As of December 31, 2005, 
the Company’s leverage ratio was 7.83%.  

The federal banking agencies’ risk-based and leverage ratios are minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to 

banking organizations that meet certain specified criteria, assuming that they have the highest regulatory rating. Banking 
organizations not meeting these criteria are expected to operate with capital positions well above the minimum ratios. The 
federal bank regulatory agencies may set capital requirements for a particular banking organization that are higher than the 
minimum ratios when circumstances warrant. Federal Reserve Board guidelines also provide that banking organizations 
experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above 
the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets.  

Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries. Bank regulators are required to take “prompt corrective 
action” to resolve problems associated with insured depository institutions whose capital declines below certain levels. In the 
event an institution becomes “undercapitalized,” it must submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not 
be accepted by the regulators unless each company having control of the undercapitalized institution guarantees the 
subsidiary’s compliance with the capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a 
depository institution’s holding company is entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy.  

The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank is limited to the lesser of 5% of the 
institution’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be “adequately 
capitalized.” The bank regulators have greater power in situations where an institution becomes “significantly” or “critically” 
undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company controlling such an 
institution can be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve Board approval of proposed dividends, or might be required to 
consent to a consolidation or to divest the troubled institution or other affiliates.  

9

 
  
Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies. The BHCA requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior 
approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or 
control of any voting shares of any bank, if after such acquisition it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 
5% of the voting shares of such bank. In approving bank acquisitions by bank holding companies, the Federal Reserve Board 
is required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding company and the 
banks concerned, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, and various competitive factors.  

Control Acquisitions. The Change in Bank Control Act prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring “control” 
of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been notified and has not objected to the transaction. Under 
a rebuttable presumption established by the Federal Reserve Board, the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock 
of a bank holding company with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, such as the Company, 
would, under the circumstances set forth in the presumption, constitute acquisition of control of the Company.  

In addition, any entity is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA before 
acquiring 25% (5% in the case of an acquirer that is a bank holding company) or more of the outstanding Common Stock of 
the Company, or otherwise obtaining control or a “controlling influence” over the Company.  

The Bank  

The Bank is a Texas-chartered banking association, the deposits of which are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund 
(“BIF”) of the FDIC. The Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System; therefore, the Bank is subject to supervision 
and regulation by the FDIC and the Texas Banking Department. Such supervision and regulation subject the Bank to special 
restrictions, requirements, potential enforcement actions and periodic examination by the FDIC and the Texas Banking 
Department. Because the Federal Reserve Board regulates the bank holding company parent of the Bank, the Federal Reserve 
Board also has supervisory authority which directly affects the Bank.  

Equivalence to National Bank Powers. The Texas Constitution, as amended in 1986, provides that a Texas-chartered 
bank has the same rights and privileges that are or may be granted to national banks domiciled in Texas. To the extent that 
the Texas laws and regulations may have allowed state-chartered banks to engage in a broader range of activities than 
national banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) has operated to limit this 
authority. FDICIA provides that no state bank or subsidiary thereof may engage as principal in any activity not permitted for 
national banks, unless the institution complies with applicable capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity 
poses no significant risk to the insurance fund. In general, statutory restrictions on the activities of banks are aimed at 
protecting the safety and soundness of depository institutions.  

Financial Modernization. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, a national bank may establish a financial subsidiary and 

engage, subject to limitations on investment, in activities that are financial in nature, other than insurance underwriting as 
principal, insurance company portfolio investment, real estate development, real estate investment and annuity issuance. To 
do so, a bank must be well capitalized, well managed and have a CRA rating of satisfactory or better. Subsidiary banks of a 
financial holding company or national banks with financial subsidiaries must remain well capitalized and well managed in 
order to continue to engage in activities that are financial in nature without regulatory actions or restrictions, which could 
include divestiture of the financial in nature subsidiary or subsidiaries. In addition, a financial holding company or a bank 
may not acquire a company that is engaged in activities that are financial in nature unless each of the subsidiary banks of the 
financial holding company or the bank has a CRA rating of satisfactory of better.  

Although the powers of state chartered banks are not specifically addressed in the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Texas-
chartered banks such as the Bank, will have the same if not greater powers as national banks through the parity provision 
contained in the Texas Constitution.  

Branching. Texas law provides that a Texas-chartered bank can establish a branch anywhere in Texas provided that the 

branch is approved in advance by the Texas Banking Department. The branch must also be approved by the FDIC, which 
considers a number of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, 
needs of the community and consistency with corporate powers.  

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. Transactions between the Bank and its nonbanking affiliates, 
including the Company, are subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. In general, Section 23A imposes limits on the 
amount of such transactions, and also requires certain levels of collateral for loans to affiliated parties. It also limits the 
amount of advances to third parties which are collateralized by the securities or obligations of the Company or its 
subsidiaries.  

10

 
Affiliate transactions are also subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act which generally requires that certain 

transactions between the Bank and its affiliates be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as 
those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other nonaffiliated persons. The Federal Reserve 
has also issued Regulation W which codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and 
interpretive guidance with respect to affiliate transactions.  

The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests (collectively 
referred to herein as “insiders”) contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O apply to all insured institutions and 
their subsidiaries and holding companies. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must 
be met before such a loan can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests. 
These loans cannot exceed the institution’s total unimpaired capital and surplus, and the FDIC may determine that a lesser 
amount is appropriate. Insiders are subject to enforcement actions for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable 
restrictions.  

Restrictions on Distribution of Subsidiary Bank Dividends and Assets. Dividends paid by the Bank have provided a 
substantial part of the Company’s operating funds and for the foreseeable future it is anticipated that dividends paid by the 
Bank to the Company will continue to be the Company’s principal source of operating funds. Capital adequacy requirements 
serve to limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank. Under federal law, the Bank cannot pay a dividend if, 
after paying the dividend, the Bank will be “undercapitalized.” The FDIC may declare a dividend payment to be unsafe and 
unsound even though the Bank would continue to meet its capital requirements after the dividend. Because the Company is a 
legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, its right to participate in the distribution of assets of any subsidiary 
upon the subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization will be subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In the 
event of a liquidation or other resolution of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors and other general or 
subordinated creditors are entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of holders of any obligation of the institution to its 
shareholders, including any depository institution holding company (such as the Company) or any shareholder or creditor 
thereof.  

Examinations. The FDIC periodically examines and evaluates insured banks. Based on such an evaluation, the FDIC 

may revalue the assets of the institution and require that it establish specific reserves to compensate for the difference 
between the FDIC-determined value and the book value of such assets. The Texas Banking Department also conducts 
examinations of state banks but may accept the results of a federal examination in lieu of conducting an independent 
examination. In addition, the FDIC and Texas Banking Department may elect to conduct a joint examination.  

Audit Reports. Insured institutions with total assets of $500 million or more must submit annual audit reports prepared 

by independent auditors to federal and state regulators. In some instances, the audit report of the institution’s holding 
company can be used to satisfy this requirement. Auditors must receive examination reports, supervisory agreements and 
reports of enforcement actions. In addition, financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles, management’s certifications concerning responsibility for the financial statements, internal controls and 
compliance with legal requirements designated by the FDIC, and an attestation by the auditor regarding the statements of 
management relating to the internal controls must be submitted. For institutions with total assets of more than $3 billion, 
independent auditors may be required to review quarterly financial statements. FDICIA requires that independent audit 
committees be formed, consisting of outside directors only. The committees of such institutions must include members with 
experience in banking or financial management, must have access to outside counsel, and must not include representatives of 
large customers.  

Capital Adequacy Requirements. The FDIC has adopted regulations establishing minimum requirements for the capital 

adequacy of insured institutions. The FDIC may establish higher minimum requirements if, for example, a bank has 
previously received special attention or has a high susceptibility to interest rate risk.  

The FDIC’s risk-based capital guidelines generally require state banks to have a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to 

total tangible risk-weighted assets of 4.0% and a ratio of total capital to total tangible risk-weighted assets of 8.0%. The 
capital categories have the same definitions for the Bank as for the Company. As of December 31, 2005, the Bank’s ratio of 
Tier 1 capital to total tangible risk-weighted assets was 15.04% and its ratio of total capital to total tangible risk-weighted 
assets was 16.08%.  

The FDIC’s leverage guidelines require state banks to maintain Tier 1 capital of no less than 4.0% of average total 
tangible assets, except in the case of certain highly rated banks for which the requirement is 3.0% of average total assets. The 
Texas Banking Department has issued a policy which generally requires state chartered banks to maintain a leverage ratio 
(defined in accordance with federal capital guidelines) of 5.0%. As of December 31, 2005, the Bank’s ratio of Tier 1 capital 
to average total assets (leverage ratio) was 7.67%.  

11

 
  
Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies. The federal banking regulators are required to take “prompt corrective 
action” with respect to capital-deficient institutions. Agency regulations define, for each capital category, the levels at which 
institutions are “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “under capitalized,” “significantly under capitalized” and 
“critically under capitalized.” A “well-capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or higher; a Tier 1 risk-
based capital ratio of 6.0% or higher; a leverage ratio of 5.0% or higher; and is not subject to any written agreement, order or 
directive requiring it to maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. An “adequately capitalized” bank has a total 
risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or higher; a leverage ratio of 4.0% or 
higher (3.0% or higher if the bank was rated a composite 1 in its most recent examination report and is not experiencing 
significant growth); and does not meet the criteria for a well capitalized bank. A bank is “under capitalized” if it fails to meet 
any one of the ratios required to be adequately capitalized. The Bank is classified as “well-capitalized” for purposes of the 
FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations.  

In addition to requiring undercapitalized institutions to submit a capital restoration plan, agency regulations contain 

broad restrictions on certain activities of undercapitalized institutions including asset growth, acquisitions, branch 
establishment and expansion into new lines of business. With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is 
prohibited from making capital distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying management fees to control 
persons if the institution would be undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment.  

As an institution’s capital decreases, the FDIC’s enforcement powers become more severe. A significantly 

undercapitalized institution is subject to mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions 
with affiliates, removal of management and other restrictions. The FDIC has only very limited discretion in dealing with a 
critically undercapitalized institution and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator.  

Banks with risk-based capital and leverage ratios below the required minimums may also be subject to certain 
administrative actions, including the termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, or a temporary suspension of 
insurance without a hearing in the event the institution has no tangible capital.  

Deposit Insurance Assessments. The Bank must pay assessments to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance protection. 
The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system as required by FDICIA. Under this system, FDIC-insured depository 
institutions pay insurance premiums at rates based on their risk classification. Institutions assigned to higher risk 
classifications (that is, institutions that pose a greater risk of loss to their respective deposit insurance funds) pay assessments 
at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels 
and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to the regulators. In addition, the FDIC can impose special 
assessments in certain instances. The current range of BIF assessments is between 0% and 0.27% of deposits.  

The FDIC established a process for raising or lowering all rates for insured institutions semi-annually if conditions 

warrant a change. Under this system, the FDIC has the flexibility to adjust the assessment rate schedule twice a year without 
seeking prior public comment, but only within a range of five cents per $100 above or below the premium schedule adopted. 
Changes in the rate schedule outside the five cent range above or below the current schedule can be made by the FDIC only 
after a full rulemaking with opportunity for public comment.  

In addition to BIF assessments, banks insured under the BIF are required to pay a portion of the interest due on bonds 

that were issued by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to help shore up the ailing Federal Savings and Loan Insurance 
Corporation in 1987. With regard to the assessment for the FICO obligation, for the fourth quarter 2005, the BIF rate was 
.00134% of deposits.  

Brokered Deposit Restrictions. Adequately capitalized institutions cannot accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits 

except with a waiver from the FDIC, and are subject to restrictions on the interest rates that can be paid on such deposits. 
Undercapitalized institutions may not accept, renew, or roll over brokered deposits.  

Cross-Guarantee Provisions. The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”) 
contains a “cross-guarantee” provision which generally makes commonly controlled insured depository institutions liable to 
the FDIC for any losses incurred in connection with the failure of a commonly controlled depository institution.  

Community Reinvestment Act. The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) and the regulations issued thereunder are 

intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their service area, including low and moderate income 
neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of the banks. These regulations also provide for regulatory 
assessment of a bank’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when considering applications to establish branches, 
merger applications and applications to acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of another bank. FIRREA requires federal 
banking agencies to make public a rating of a bank’s performance under the CRA. In the case of a bank holding company, the 
CRA performance record of the banks involved in the transaction are reviewed in connection with the filing of an application 

12

 
  
to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any other bank holding company. An 
unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or block the transaction.  

Consumer Laws and Regulations. In addition to the laws and regulations discussed herein, the Bank is also subject to 

certain consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. While the list set 
forth herein is not exhaustive, these laws and regulations include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the 
Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, and the Fair Housing 
Act, among others. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which 
financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans to such customers. The Bank must 
comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer protection laws and regulations as part of their ongoing customer 
relations.  

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to 

Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”) was enacted in October 2001. The USA PATRIOT 
Act is intended to strengthen U.S. law enforcement’s and the intelligence communities’ ability to work cohesively to combat 
terrorism on a variety of fronts. The potential impact of the USA PATRIOT Act on financial institutions of all kinds is 
significant and wide ranging. The USA PATRIOT Act contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency 
laws and requires various regulations, including: (i) due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, 
maintain, or manage private bank accounts or correspondent accounts for non-U.S. persons; (ii) standards for verifying 
customer identification at account opening; (iii) rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law 
enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering; (iv) reports by 
nonfinancial trades and business filed with the Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network for 
transactions exceeding $10,000; and (v) filing of suspicious activities reports involving securities by brokers and dealers if 
they believe a customer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations.  

Privacy. In addition to expanding the activities in which banks and bank holding companies may engage, the Gramm-

Leach-Bliley Act also imposed new requirements on financial institutions with respect to customer privacy. The Gramm-
Leach-Bliley Act generally prohibits disclosure of customer information to non-affiliated third parties unless the customer 
has been given the opportunity to object and has not objected to such disclosure. Financial institutions are further required to 
disclose their privacy policies to customers annually. Financial institutions, however, will be required to comply with state 
law if it is more protective of customer privacy than the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.  

Legislative Initiatives  

From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress. Such initiatives may 
change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company and its banking subsidiaries in substantial and 
unpredictable ways. The Company cannot determine the ultimate effect that any potential legislation, if enacted, or 
implementing regulations with respect thereto, would have, upon the financial condition or results of operations of the 
Company or its subsidiaries. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or any of its 
subsidiaries could have a material effect on the financial condition, results of operations or business of the Company and its 
subsidiaries.  

Enforcement Powers of Federal and State Banking Agencies  

The federal banking agencies have broad enforcement powers, including the power to terminate deposit insurance, 

impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties, and appoint a conservator or receiver. Failure to comply with 
applicable laws, regulations, and supervisory agreements could subject the Company or the Bank and their subsidiaries, as 
well as officers, directors, and other institution-affiliated parties of these organizations, to administrative sanctions and 
potentially substantial civil money penalties. In addition to the grounds discussed above under “—The Bank—Corrective 
Measures for Capital Deficiencies,” the appropriate federal banking agency may appoint the FDIC as conservator or receiver 
for a banking institution (or the FDIC may appoint itself, under certain circumstances) if any one or more of a number of 
circumstances exist, including, without limitation, the fact that the banking institution is undercapitalized and has no 
reasonable prospect of becoming adequately capitalized; fails to become adequately capitalized when required to do so; fails 
to submit a timely and acceptable capital restoration plan; or materially fails to implement an accepted capital restoration 
plan. The Texas Department of Banking also has broad enforcement powers over the Bank, including the power to impose 
orders, remove officers and directors, impose fines and appoint supervisors and conservators.  

13

 
  
Effect on Economic Environment  

The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have a significant 
effect on the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal 
Reserve Board to affect the money supply are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount 
rate on member bank borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used 
in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use 
may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits.  

Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks in the past 

and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on 
the business and earnings of the Company and its subsidiaries cannot be predicted.  

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS  

An investment in the Company’s Common Stock involves risks. The following is a description of the material risks and 

uncertainties that the Company believes affect its business and an investment in the Common Stock. Additional risks and 
uncertainties that the Company is unaware of, or that it deems immaterial, also may become important factors that affect the 
Company and its business. If any of the risks described in this annual report on Form 10-K were to occur, the Company’s 
financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of 
the Common Stock could decline significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.  

Risks Associated with the Company’s Business  
If the Company is not able to continue its historical levels of growth, it may not be able to maintain its historical earnings 
trends.  

To achieve its past levels of growth, the Company has initiated internal growth programs and completed a number of 
acquisitions. The Company may not be able to sustain its historical rate of growth or may not even be able to grow at all. In 
addition, Prosperity may not be able to obtain the financing necessary to fund additional growth and may not be able to find 
suitable candidates for acquisition. Various factors, such as economic conditions and competition, may impede or prohibit the 
opening of new banking centers. Further, the Company may be unable to attract and retain experienced bankers, which could 
adversely affect its internal growth. If the Company is not able to continue its historical levels of growth, it may not be able 
to maintain its historical earnings trends.  

If the Company is unable to manage its growth effectively, its operations could be negatively affected.  

Companies that experience rapid growth face various risks and difficulties, including:  
• 

• 

finding suitable markets for expansion;  
finding suitable candidates for acquisition;  
attracting funding to support additional growth;  

• 
•  maintaining asset quality;  
• 
•  maintaining adequate regulatory capital.  

attracting and retaining qualified management; and  

In addition, in order to manage its growth and maintain adequate information and reporting systems within its 
organization, the Company must identify, hire and retain additional qualified employees, particularly in the accounting and 
operational areas of its business.  

If the Company does not manage its growth effectively, its business, financial condition, results of operations and 

future prospects could be negatively affected, and the Company may not be able to continue to implement its business 
strategy and successfully conduct its operations.  

14

 
  
If the Company is unable to identify and acquire other financial institutions and successfully integrate its acquired 
businesses, its business and earnings may be negatively affected.  

The market for acquisitions remains highly competitive, and the Company may be unable to find acquisition candidates 

in the future that fit its acquisition and growth strategy. To the extent that the Company is unable to find suitable acquisition 
candidates, an important component of its growth strategy may be lost.  

Acquisitions of financial institutions involve operational risks and uncertainties and acquired companies may have 
unforeseen liabilities, exposure to asset quality problems, key employee and customer retention problems and other problems 
that could negatively affect the Company’s organization. The Company may not be able to complete future acquisitions and, 
if completed, the Company may not be able to successfully integrate the operations, management, products and services of 
the entities that it acquires and eliminate redundancies. The integration process may also require significant time and 
attention from the Company’s management that they would otherwise direct at servicing existing business and developing 
new business. The Company’s failure to successfully integrate the entities it acquires into its existing operations may increase 
its operating costs significantly and adversely affect its business and earnings.  

The Company’s business is subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect its earnings 
and capital levels.  

The majority of the Company’s assets are monetary in nature and, as a result, the Company is subject to significant risk 

from changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates can impact the Company’s net interest income as well as the 
valuation of its assets and liabilities. The Company’s earnings are significantly dependent on its net interest income. Net 
interest income is the difference between the interest income earned on loans, investments and other interest-earning assets 
and the interest expense paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Therefore, any change in general 
market interest rates, such as a change in the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve or otherwise, can have a significant 
effect on the Company’s net interest income. The Company’s assets and liabilities may react differently to changes in overall 
market rates or conditions because there may be mismatches between the repricing or maturity characteristics of the assets 
and liabilities.  

The Company’s profitability depends significantly on local economic conditions.  

The Company’s success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the geographic markets in which it 

operates. Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Company provides banking and financial services 
to customers primarily in Houston, Dallas, Austin, Corpus Christi and surrounding areas and in the south and southeast areas 
of Texas. The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the Company’s commercial, real estate 
and construction loans, the ability of its borrowers to repay their loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. A 
significant decline in general economic conditions, caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, outbreak of hostilities or 
other international or domestic calamities, unemployment or other factors could impact these local economic conditions and 
negatively affect the Company’s financial results.  

The Company’s allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover actual credit losses, which could adversely affect 
its earnings.  

As a lender, the Company is exposed to the risk that its loan customers may not repay their loans according to the terms 
of these loans and the collateral securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient to fully compensate the Company for 
the outstanding balance of the loan plus the costs to dispose of the collateral. The Company may experience significant loan 
losses which could have a material adverse effect on its operating results and financial condition. Management makes various 
assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of the Company’s loan portfolio, including the diversification by industry 
of its commercial loan portfolio, the amount of nonperforming loans and related collateral, the volume, growth and 
composition of its loan portfolio, the effects on the loan portfolio of current economic indicators and their probable impact on 
borrowers and the evaluation of its loan portfolio through its internal loan review process and other relevant factors.  

The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses in an attempt to cover credit losses inherent in its loan portfolio. 

Additional credit losses will likely occur in the future and may occur at a rate greater than the Company has experienced to 
date. In determining the size of the allowance, the Company relies on an analysis of its loan portfolio, its experience and its 
evaluation of general economic conditions. If the Company’s assumptions prove to be incorrect, its current allowance may 
not be sufficient and adjustments may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions or adverse developments in its 
loan portfolio. Material additions to the allowance would materially decrease net income.  

15

 
In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review the Company’s allowance for credit losses and may require 

the Company to increase its provision for credit losses or recognize further charge-offs, based on judgments different than 
those of the Company’s management. Any increase in the Company’s allowance for credit losses or charge-offs as required 
by these regulatory agencies could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results and financial condition.  

The Company’s small to medium-sized business target market may have fewer financial resources to weather a downturn 
in the economy.  

The Company targets its business development and marketing strategy primarily to serve the banking and financial 

services needs of small to medium-sized businesses. These small to medium-sized businesses generally have fewer financial 
resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities. If general economic conditions negatively impact the 
southeast Texas area or the other markets in which the Company operates, the Company’s results of operations and financial 
condition may be negatively affected.  

An interruption in or breach in security of the Company’s information systems may result in a loss of customer business.  
The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure or 

interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company’s customer 
relationship management, general ledger, deposits, servicing or loan origination systems. Such interruptions may occur and 
may not be adequately addressed by the Company. The occurrence of any failures or interruptions could result in a loss of 
customer business and have a negative effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.  

The business of the Company is dependent on technology and its inability to invest in technological improvements may 
adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition.  

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new 
technology driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases 
efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. The Company’s future success will depend in part upon its 
ability to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer 
demands for convenience as well as create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of the Company’s competitors 
have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. The Company may not be able to effectively 
implement new technology driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its 
customers which may negatively affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.  

The Company operates in a highly regulated environment and, as a result, is subject to extensive regulation and 
supervision that could adversely affect its financial performance, and the Company may be adversely affected by changes 
in federal and local laws and regulations.  

The Company is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by federal and state banking authorities. 

Any change in applicable regulations or federal or state legislation could have a substantial impact on the Company, its 
subsidiary bank, and their respective operations. Additional legislation and regulations may be enacted or adopted in the 
future that could significantly affect the Company’s powers, authority and operations, or the powers, authority and operations 
of the Bank, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. 
Further, regulators have significant discretion and power to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of 
laws by banks and bank holding companies in the performance of their supervisory and enforcement duties. The exercise of 
this regulatory discretion and power may have a negative impact on the Company.  

Risks Associated with the Company’s Common Stock  
The Company’s corporate organizational documents and the provisions of Texas law to which it is subject may delay or 
prevent a change in control of the Company that you may favor.  

The Company’s amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain various 

provisions which may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change of control of the Company. These 
provisions include:  

• 

• 

a board of directors classified into three classes of directors with the directors, of each class having staggered, 
three year terms;  
a provision that any special meeting of the Company’s shareholders may be called only by the chairman of the 
board, the president and chief executive officer, a majority of the board of directors or the holders of at least 50% 
of the Company’s shares entitled to vote at the meeting;  

16

 
  
• 

• 

a provision establishing certain advance notice procedures for nomination of candidates for election as directors 
and for shareholder proposals to be considered at an annual or special meeting of shareholders; and  
a provision that denies shareholders the right to amend the Company’s bylaws.  

The Company’s articles of incorporation provide for noncumulative voting for directors and authorize the board of 
directors to issue shares of its preferred stock without shareholder approval and upon such terms as the board of directors 
may determine. The issuance of the Company’s preferred stock could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third 
party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring, a controlling interest in the Company. In addition, certain 
provisions of Texas law, including a provision which restricts certain business combinations between a Texas corporation 
and certain affiliated shareholders, may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change in control of the 
Company.  

The holders of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures have rights that are senior to those of the Company’s 
shareholders.  

As of December 31, 2005, the Company had $75.8 million in junior subordinated debentures outstanding that were 

issued to the Company’s subsidiary trusts. The subsidiary trusts purchased the junior subordinated debentures from the 
Company using the proceeds from the sale of trust preferred securities to third party investors. Payments of the principal and 
interest on the trust preferred securities are conditionally guaranteed by the Company to the extent not paid or made by each 
trust, provided the trust has funds available for such obligations.  

The junior subordinated debentures are senior to the Company’s shares of Common Stock. As a result, the Company 
must make payments on the junior subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) before any dividends 
can be paid on its Common Stock and, in the event of the Company’s bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of 
the debentures must be satisfied before any distributions can be made to the holders of the Common Stock. The Company 
had the right to defer distributions on the junior subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) for up to 
five years, during which time no dividends may be paid to holders of the Company’s Common Stock.  

Risks Related to the Company’s Acquisition of SNB Bancshares, Inc.  
There may be undiscovered risks or losses associated with the SNB Bancshares acquisition.  

As a result of the pending acquisition of SNB Bancshares, Inc., the Company will acquire all of the assets and 
liabilities of SNB Bancshares, including, without limitation, its loan portfolio. The Company has not previously owned or 
operated SNB Bancshares and it does not have any detailed working experience related to its business and operations. There 
may be instances when the Company, under its normal operating procedures, may find after the acquisition, that there may be 
additional losses or undisclosed liabilities with respect to the assets and liabilities of SNB Bancshares, and, with respect to its 
loan portfolio, that the ability of a borrower to repay a loan may have become impaired, the quality of the value of the 
collateral securing a loan may fall below the Company’s standards or the allowance for credit losses may not be adequate. 
One or more of these factors might cause the Company to have additional losses or liabilities, additional loan charge-offs or 
increases in allowances for credit losses, which could have a negative impact upon its future income.  

The Company may not be able to successfully consummate the acquisition of SNB Bancshares. Even if the acquisition is 
consummated, the Company may not be able to integrate SNB Bancshares’ operations with its business efficiently.  

While the Company has entered into a definitive agreement to acquire all of the capital stock of SNB Bancshares, there 
are a number of conditions to completing the acquisition, and there can be no assurance that those conditions will be satisfied. 
Even if the acquisition is consummated, it will create risks associated with the integration of SNB Bancshares’ operations 
with the Company’s, including, without limitation, the loss of key employees and customers, the disruption of ongoing 
businesses and possible inconsistencies in standards, controls and procedures.  

The Company may not realize the benefits from the SNB Bancshares acquisition that it anticipates, or it may not be 

able to integrate SNB Bancshares’ operations successfully. If the Company fails to integrate the operations of SNB 
Bancshares efficiently, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of 
operation and future prospects.  

17

 
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

None.  

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES  

As of December 31, 2005, the Company conducted business at 85 full-service banking centers. The Company’s 
headquarters are located at Prosperity Bank Plaza, 4295 San Felipe, in the Galleria area in Houston, Texas. The Company 
owns all of the buildings in which its banking centers are located other than those listed below. The expiration dates of the 
leases for the banking centers listed below do not include optional renewal periods which may be available.  

Banking Center 
Houston CMSA: 

Bellaire ....................................  
City West.................................  
Copperfield..............................  
Downtown...............................  
Fairfield...................................  
Galveston ................................  
Gladebrook..............................  
Heights ....................................  
Holcombe ................................  
Medical Center ........................  
Midtown ..................................  
Post Oak ..................................  
River Oaks...............................  
Waugh Drive ...........................  
Westheimer .............................  

South Texas Area: 

Gonzales..................................  

Dallas, Texas Area: 

Abrams Centre ........................  
Preston Road ...........................  

Corpus Christi, Texas Area: 

Airline .....................................  
Alameda ..................................  
Aransas Pass............................  
Carmel.....................................  
Port Aransas ............................  
Portland ...................................  
Waterstreet ..............................  
Woodlawn ...............................  

Congress..................................  
Congress Drive-thru ................  
Oak Hill...................................  
Riverside .................................  

Austin, Texas Area: 

East Texas Area: 
None 

Expiration Date of Lease 

October 2007 
January 2009 
July 2006 
October 2012 
May 2008 
November 2010 
October 2010 
January 2008 
July 2009 
March 2010 
January 2007 
June 2007 
December 2009 
February 2011 
May 2011 

November 2006 

December 2008 
September 2013 

August 2008 
March 2008 
March 2011 
January 2009 
February 2007 
December 2006 
November 2015 
April 2007 

August 2014 
April 2009 
May 2007 
July 2018 

18

 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The following table sets forth specific information on each of the Company’s geographical market areas:  

Geographical Area 

Houston CMSA ..............................................  
South Texas area.............................................  
Dallas, Texas area...........................................  
Corpus Christi, Texas area..............................  
Austin, Texas area ..........................................  
East Texas area ...............................................  
Total................................................................  

Number of Banking Centers  

Deposits at December 31, 2005  
(Dollars in thousands) 

33  $ 
17 
11 
16 
6 
      2 

85  $ 

1,176,639
784,807
372,439
330,477
208,625
47,331

2,920,318

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

Neither the Company nor the Bank is currently a party to any material legal proceeding.  

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS  

No matters were submitted to a vote of the Company’s security holders during the fourth quarter of 2005.  

PART II.  

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

The Company’s Common Stock began trading on November 12, 1998 and is listed on the Nasdaq National Market 
System under the symbol “PRSP”. Prior to that date, the Common Stock was privately held and not listed on any public 
exchange or actively traded. As of March 1, 2006, there were 27,864,894 shares outstanding and 876 shareholders of record. 
The number of beneficial owners is unknown to the Company at this time.  

The following table presents the high and low intra-day sales prices for the Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq 

National Market during the two years ended December 31, 2005:  

2005 

Fourth Quarter ..........................................................................................  
Third Quarter ............................................................................................  
Second Quarter .........................................................................................  
First Quarter..............................................................................................  

2004 

Fourth Quarter ..........................................................................................  
Third Quarter ............................................................................................  
Second Quarter .........................................................................................  
First Quarter..............................................................................................  

$ 

$ 

High  
32.12  $ 
31.45 
28.97 
29.32 

High  
29.53  $ 
27.75 
24.60 
25.15 

Low  
27.97 
28.14 
25.05 
25.50 

Low  
26.09 
23.23 
21.89 
22.30 

Dividends  

Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Company’s Board of 

Directors out of funds legally available therefor. While the Company has declared dividends on its Common Stock since 
1994, and paid quarterly dividends aggregating $0.3475 per share in 2005 and $0.3075 per share in 2004, there is no 
assurance that the Company will continue to pay dividends in the future. Future dividends on the Common Stock will depend 
upon the Company’s earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and 
regulatory climate, the Company’s ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to the Common Stock and other 
factors deemed relevant by the board of directors of the Company.  

As a holding company, the Company is ultimately dependent upon its subsidiaries to provide funding for its operating 
expenses, debt service and dividends. Various banking laws applicable to the Bank limit the payment of dividends and other 
distributions by the Bank to the Company, and may therefore limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its Common 
Stock. If required payments on the Company’s outstanding junior subordinated debentures held by its unconsolidated 

19

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
subsidiary trusts are not made or suspended, the Company will be prohibited from paying dividends on its Common Stock. 
Regulatory authorities could impose administratively stricter limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the 
Company if such limits were deemed appropriate to preserve certain capital adequacy requirements.  

The cash dividends declared per share by quarter (and paid on the first business day of the subsequent quarter) for the 

Company’s last two fiscal years were as follows:  

Fourth quarter .......................................................................................  
Third quarter .........................................................................................  
Second quarter ......................................................................................  
First quarter...........................................................................................  

$ 

2005  
0.1000   $ 
0.0825  
0.0825  
0.0825  

2004  
0.0825 
0.0750 
0.0750 
0.0750 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities  

None.  

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans  

As of December 31, 2005, the Company had outstanding stock options granted under three stock option plans, all of 

which were approved by the Company’s shareholders. As of such date, the Company also had outstanding stock options 
granted under stock option plans that it assumed in connection with various acquisition transactions. The following table 
provides information as of December 31, 2005 regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans under which the 
Company’s equity securities are authorized for issuance:  

Plan category 

Equity compensation plans approved by security 
holders.............................................................. 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security 
holders.............................................................. 
Total ............................................................ 

Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(a) 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options 
(b) 

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
column (a)) 
(c) 

1,168,667(1) $ 

—   

1,168,667 

$ 

21.58 

—   

21.58 

1,236,083 

—   

1,236,083 

(1) 

Includes (a) 4,240 shares which may be issued upon exercise of options outstanding assumed by the Company in 
connection with the acquisition of Paradigm Bancorporation, Inc. at a weighted average exercise price of $11.50, 
(b) 31,127 shares which may be issued upon exercise of options outstanding assumed by the Company in connection 
with the acquisition of MainBancorp, Inc. at a weighted average exercise price of $16.26 and (c) 207,800 shares which 
may be issued upon exercise of options outstanding assumed by the Company in connection with the acquisition of 
First Capital Bankers, Inc. at a weighted average exercise price of $18.38.  

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  

None.  

20

 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA  

The following selected consolidated financial data for, and as of the end of, each of the years in the five-year period 
ended December 31, 2005 are derived from and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements and the notes thereto. The historical consolidated financial data of the Company has been restated to include the 
accounts and operations of Commercial Bancshares, Inc. for all periods prior to February 23, 2001. All per share data for 
2002 and 2001 has been restated to give effect to the two-for-one stock split effective May 31, 2002.  

Income Statement Data: 
Interest income ............................................. $ 
Interest expense............................................

Net interest income .............................
Provision for credit losses ............................

Net interest income after provision 

for credit losses ..............................
Noninterest income ......................................
Noninterest expense .....................................

Income before taxes............................
Provision for income taxes...........................

Net income ................................................... $ 
Per Share Data(3): 
Basic earnings per share............................... $ 
Diluted earnings per share............................
Book value per share ....................................
Cash dividends declared...............................
Dividend payout ratio...................................
Weighted average shares outstanding 

(basic) (in thousands). .............................

Weighted average shares outstanding 

(diluted) (in thousands)............................

Shares outstanding at end of period (in 

thousands)................................................

2005(1)  

As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  
2004  
2002  
2003  
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

162,123  
51,226  
110,897  
480  

$  111,756  
29,789  
81,967  
880  

$ 

110,417  
30,021  
68,957  
71,481  
23,621  
47,860  

$ 

81,087  
23,071  
51,707  
52,451  
17,744  
34,707  

$ 

90,845  
26,346  
64,499  
483  

64,016  
16,966  
42,021  
38,961  
12,413  
26,548  

$ 

$ 

80,742  
28,101  
52,641  
1,010  

51,631  
11,594  
32,349  
30,876  
9,555  
21,321  

$ 

2001  

76,520  
37,410  
39,110  
700  

38,410  
8,635  
28,715(2)

18,330(2)
5,372(2)

$ 

12,958(2)

$ 

1.79  
1.77  
16.69  
0.35  
20.11%  

$ 

1.61  
1.59  
12.32  
0.31  
19.22%  

$ 

1.38  
1.36  
10.49  
0.25  
18.29%  

$ 

1.25  
1.22  
8.19  
0.22  
18.13%  

26,706  

27,024  

27,821  

21,534  

21,804  

22,381  

19,225  

19,536  

20,930  

17,122  

17,442  

18,896  

0.80(4)
0.79(4)
5.47  
0.195  
24.39%

16,172  

16,498  

16,210  

Balance Sheet Data (at period end): 
Total assets ................................................... $  3,585,982  
1,572,602  
Securities ......................................................
1,542,125  
Loans............................................................
17,203  
Allowance for credit losses ..........................
284,425  
Total goodwill and intangibles .....................
2,920,318  
Total deposits ...............................................
102,389  
Borrowings and notes payable. ....................
464,717  
Total shareholders’ equity............................
75,775(5)
Junior subordinated debentures ....................

Average Balance Sheet Data: 
Total assets ................................................... $  3,361,617  
1,471,067  
Securities ......................................................
1,435,376  
Loans............................................................
16,334  
Allowance for credit losses ..........................
253,703  
Total goodwill and intangibles .....................
2,791,813  
Total deposits ...............................................
413,864  
Total shareholders’ equity............................
69,869(5)
Junior subordinated debentures ....................

$  2,697,228  
  1,302,792  
  1,035,513  
13,105  
164,672  
  2,317,076  
38,174  
275,647  
47,424  

$  2,400,487  
  1,376,880  
770,053  
10,345  
124,755  
  2,083,748  
30,936  
219,588  
59,804  

$  1,823,286  
950,317  
679,559  
9,580  
72,410  
  1,586,611  
37,939  
154,739  
34,030  

$  1,263,169  
752,322  
424,400  
5,985  
22,641  
  1,123,397  
18,080  
88,725  
27,844  

$  2,543,088  
  1,383,790  
871,736  
11,454  
139,405  
  2,189,695  
243,274  
59,288  

$  2,006,869  
  1,108,153  
697,235  
9,525  
81,485  
  1,749,045  
170,167  
39,400  

$  1,470,758  
818,362  
524,885  
7,350  
38,531  
  1,300,884  
114,234  
29,648  

$  1,191,783  
666,241  
419,553  
5,586  
22,807  
  1,061,195  
85,319  
19,468  

(Table continued on next page)  

21

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Ratios: 
Return on average assets.............................................
Return on average equity ............................................
Net interest margin (not tax equivalent) .....................
Efficiency ratio(7).........................................................

Asset Quality Ratios(8): 
Nonperforming assets to total loans and other real 

estate. .....................................................................
Net charge-offs to average loans ................................
Allowance for credit losses to total loans. ..................
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans(9)

Capital Ratios(8): 
Leverage ratio.............................................................
Average shareholders’ equity to average total assets..
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio. ....................................
Total risk-based capital ratio ......................................

    2005(1)      

As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  
    2004      
    2003      
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

    2002      

    2001      

1.42%  
11.56  
3.76  
48.91  

1.36%  
14.27  
3.56  
49.23  

1.32%   
15.60  
3.52  
51.58  

1.45%  
18.66  
3.86  
50.36  

1.09%(6)
15.19(6) 
3.50  
60.14(6) 

0.09%  
0.03  
1.12  
1,505.1  

0.17%  
0.06  
1.27  
949.6  

0.13%   
0.23  
1. 34  
1,519.1  

0.38%  
0.08  
1.41  
408.53  

7.83%  
12.31  
15.34  
16.37  

6.30%  
9.57  
13.56  
14.67  

7.10%   
8.48  
15.82  
16.90  

6.56%  
7.77  
14.10  
15.30  

0.00%
0.06  
1.41  
n/m(10)

7.57%
7.16  
18.34  
19.52  

(1)  The Company completed the acquisition of First Capital Bankers, Inc. on March 1, 2005 and Grapeland Bancshares, Inc. 

on December 1, 2005.  

(2)  Certain income statement data for the year ended December 31, 2001 includes merger-related expenses of $2.4 million, 

net of tax, incurred in connection with the Commercial Bancshares merger.  

(3)  Adjusted for a two-for-one stock split effective May 31, 2002.  
(4)  Earnings per share amounts for the year ended December 31, 2001 include merger-related expenses of $2.4 million.  
(5)  Consists of $15.5 million of junior subordinated debentures of Prosperity Statutory Trust II due July 31, 2031, $6.2 

million of junior subordinated debentures of Paradigm Capital Trust II due February 20, 2031 (assumed by the Company 
on September 1, 2002), $12.9 million of junior subordinated debentures of Prosperity Statutory Trust III due 
September 17, 2033, $12.9 million of junior subordinated debentures of Prosperity Statutory Trust IV due December 30, 
2033, $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of First Capital Statutory Trust I due March 26, 2032 (assumed by 
the Company on March 1, 2005) and $7.7 million of junior subordinated debentures of First Capital Statutory Trust II 
due September 26, 2032 (assumed by the Company on March 1, 2005).  

(6)  Selected performance ratios for the year ended December 31, 2001 include merger-related expenses of $2.4 million.  
(7)  Calculated by dividing total noninterest expense, excluding securities losses and credit loss provisions, by net interest 
income plus noninterest income, excluding securities gains. Additionally, taxes are not part of this calculation.  

(8)  At period end, except for net charge-offs to average loans and average shareholders’ equity to average total assets, which 

is for periods ended at such dates.  

(9)  Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans, loans contractually past due 90 days or more, restructured loans and 

any other loan management deems to be nonperforming.  

(10) Amount not meaningful. Nonperforming assets totaled $1,000 at December 31, 2001.  

22

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS  

Special Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements  

Statements and financial discussion and analysis contained in this annual report on Form 10-K that are not historical 

facts are forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform 
Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and involve a number of risks and uncertainties, many of 
which are beyond the Company’s control. Many possible events or factors could affect the future financial results and 
performance of the Company and could cause such results or performance to differ materially from those expressed in the 
forward-looking statements. These possible events or factors include, without limitation:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

changes in interest rates and market prices, which could reduce the Company’s net interest margins, asset 
valuations and expense expectations;  
changes in the levels of loan prepayments and the resulting effects on the value of the Company’s loan portfolio;  
changes in local economic and business conditions which adversely affect the Company’s customers and their 
ability to transact profitable business with the company, including the ability of the Company’s borrowers to repay 
their loans according to their terms or a change in the value of the related collateral;  
increased competition for deposits and loans adversely affecting rates and terms;  
the timing, impact and other uncertainties of future acquisitions, including the Company’s ability to identify 
suitable future acquisition candidates, the success or failure in the integration of their operations, and the ability to 
enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;  
increased credit risk in the Company’s assets and increased operating risk caused by a material change in 
commercial, consumer and/or real estate loans as a percentage of the total loan portfolio;  
the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of and provisions made to the allowance for credit losses;  
changes in the availability of funds resulting in increased costs or reduced liquidity;  
increased asset levels and changes in the composition of assets and the resulting impact on the Company’s capital 
levels and regulatory capital ratios;  
the Company’s ability to acquire, operate and maintain cost effective and efficient systems without incurring 
unexpectedly difficult or expensive but necessary technological changes;  
the loss of senior management or operating personnel and the potential inability to hire qualified personnel at 
reasonable compensation levels;  
changes in statutes and government regulations or their interpretations applicable to financial holding companies 
and the Company’s present and future banking and other subsidiaries, including changes in tax requirements and 
tax rates;  
acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, weather or other acts of 
God and other matters beyond the Company’s control; and  
other risks and uncertainties listed from time to time in the Company’s reports and documents filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission.  

A forward-looking statement may include a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying the forward-looking 

statement. The Company believes it has chosen these assumptions or bases in good faith and that they are reasonable. 
However, the Company cautions you that assumptions or bases almost always vary from actual results, and the differences 
between assumptions or bases and actual results can be material.  

The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or otherwise revise any forward-looking statements, whether 

as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless the securities laws require the Company to do so.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations analyzes the major elements 

of the Company’s balance sheets and statements of income. This section should be read in conjunction with the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and other detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. The Commercial merger was accounted for as a pooling of interests and therefore the historical 
financial data of the Company has been restated to include the accounts and operations of Commercial for all periods prior to 
February 23, 2001.  

23

 
  
For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003  

Overview  

The Company generates the majority of its revenues from interest income on loans, service charges on customer 
accounts and income from investment in securities. The revenues are partially offset by interest expense paid on deposits and 
other borrowings and non-interest expenses such as administrative and occupancy expenses. Net interest income is the 
difference between interest income on earning assets such as loans and securities and interest expense on liabilities such as 
deposits and borrowings which are used to fund those assets. Interest income is the Company’s largest source of revenue, 
representing 57.7% of total revenue during 2005. The level of interest rates and the volume and mix of earning assets and 
interest-bearing liabilities impact net interest income and margin. The Company has recognized increased net interest income 
due primarily to an increase in the volume of interest-earning assets.  

Three principal components of the Company’s growth strategy are internal growth, stringent cost control practices and 

strategic merger transactions. The Company focuses on continual internal growth. Each banking center is operated as a 
separate profit center, maintaining separate data with respect to its net interest income, efficiency ratio, deposit growth, loan 
growth and overall profitability. Banking center presidents and managers are accountable for performance in these areas and 
compensated accordingly. The Company also focuses on maintaining stringent cost control practices and policies. The 
Company has invested significantly in the infrastructure required to centralize many of its critical operations, such as data 
processing and loan processing. Management believes that this centralized infrastructure can accommodate substantial 
additional growth while enabling the Company to minimize operational costs through certain economies of scale. The 
Company also intends to continue to seek expansion opportunities. During 2003, eleven banking centers were acquired in the 
Dallas/Fort Worth area. The acquisitions of Abrams and Dallas Bancshares were completed in May and June 2003, 
respectively, adding three banking centers in Dallas. The mergers with MainBancorp and FSBNT were completed in 
November and December 2003, respectively, adding an additional eight banking centers in Dallas. As a part of these 
acquisitions, two of the acquired banking centers were combined into existing banking centers nearby bringing the total to 
nine banking centers added in 2003. During 2004, seven banking centers were acquired in the Austin, Texas area, one of 
which was subsequently closed and consolidated into an existing banking center of the Company. The acquisitions of both 
Liberty Bancshares, Inc. (the “Liberty acquisition”) and Village Bank and Trust s.s.b. (the “Village acquisition”) were 
completed on August 1, 2004. During 2005, twenty seven (27) banking centers were acquired in the First Capital acquisition 
on March 1, 2005 and two (2) additional banking centers were acquired in the Grapeland acquisition on December 1, 2005.  

Net income was $47.9 million, $34.7 million and $26.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 
2003, respectively, and diluted earnings per share were $1.77, $1.59 and $1.36, respectively, for these same periods. Earnings 
growth during both 2005 and 2004 resulted principally from an increase in loan volume and acquisitions, including the 
Liberty and Village acquisitions in August 2004 and the First Capital acquisition in March 2005. Earnings growth during 
both 2004 and 2003 also resulted principally from an increase in loan volume and acquisitions, including the Abrams, Dallas 
Bancshares, MainBancorp, FSBNT, Liberty and Village acquisitions. The Company posted returns on average assets of 
1.42%, 1.36% and 1.32% and returns on average equity of 11.56%, 14.27% and 15.60% for the years ended December 31, 
2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company’s efficiency ratio was 48.91% in 2005, 49.23% in 2004 and 51.58% in 
2003.  

Total assets at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were $3.586 billion and $2.697 billion, respectively. Total deposits at 

December 31, 2005 and 2004 were $2.920 billion and $2.317 billion, respectively, with deposit growth in each period 
resulting from acquisitions and internal growth. Total loans were $1.542 billion at December 31, 2005, an increase of $506.6 
million or 48.9% compared with $1.036 billion at December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2005, the Company had $1.1 million 
in nonperforming loans and its allowance for credit losses was $17.2 million. Shareholders’ equity was $464.7 million and 
$275.6 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  

Critical Accounting Policies  

The Company’s significant accounting policies are integral to understanding the results reported. The Company’s 
accounting policies are described in detail in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. The Company believes that of 
its significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity:  

Allowance for Credit Losses—The allowance for credit losses is a reserve established through charges to earnings in 

the form of a provision for credit losses. Management has established an allowance for credit losses which it believes is 
adequate for estimated losses in the Company’s loan portfolio. Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio, management 
presents a monthly review of the allowance for credit losses to the Bank’s Board of Directors, indicating any change in the 
allowance since the last review and any recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance. In making its evaluation, 
management considers factors such as historical loan loss experience, industry diversification of the Company’s commercial 
loan portfolio, the amount of nonperforming assets and related collateral, the volume, growth and composition of the 

24

 
Company’s loan portfolio, current economic changes that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay and the value of collateral, 
the evaluation of the Company’s loan portfolio through its internal loan review process and other relevant factors. Portions of 
the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is available for any credit that, in 
management’s judgment, should be charged off. Charge-offs occur when loans are deemed to be uncollectible. The allowance 
for credit losses includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 
(SFAS) No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, as amended by SFAS 118, and allowance allocations 
determined in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies.  

Goodwill—Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are subject to at least an annual impairment 

test and more frequently if circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested for impairment 
using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units compared 
with its carrying value. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, a second step test is completed 
comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value to measure the amount of impairment. 
Intangible assets that are not amortized will be tested for impairment at least annually by comparing the fair values of those 
assets to their carrying values. Other identifiable intangible assets that are subject to amortization are amortized on an 
accelerated basis over the years expected to be benefited, which the Company believes is 8 years. These amortizable 
intangible assets are reviewed for impairment if circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable based on a 
comparison of fair value to carrying value. Based on the Company’s annual goodwill impairment test as of September 30, 
2005, management does not believe any of its goodwill is impaired as of December 31, 2005. While the Company believes 
no impairment existed at December 31, 2005 under accounting standards applicable at that date, different conditions or 
assumptions, or changes in cash flows or profitability, if significantly negative or unfavorable, could have a material adverse 
effect on the outcome of the Company’s impairment evaluation and financial condition or future results of operations.  

Stock-based Compensation—The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123R “Share-Based Payment 

(Revised 2004),” on January 1, 2006. The Company had previously adopted SFAS No. 123 on January 1, 2003. Among other 
things, SFAS No. 123R eliminates the ability to account for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value based method 
of accounting and requires that such transactions be recognized as compensation expense in the income statement based on 
their fair values on the date of the grant. SFAS No. 123R requires that management make assumptions including stock price 
volatility and employee turnover that are utilized to measure compensation expense. The fair value of stock options granted is 
estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires the input of highly 
subjective assumptions.  

Results of Operations  
Net Interest Income  

The Company’s operating results depend primarily on its net interest income, which is the difference between interest 
income on interest-earning assets, including securities and loans, and interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities, 
including deposits and other borrowed funds. Interest rate fluctuations, as well as changes in the amount and type of earning 
assets and liabilities, combine to affect net interest income. The Company’s net interest income is affected by changes in the 
amount and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, referred to as a “volume change.” It is also affected 
by changes in yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds, 
referred to as a “rate change.”  

The Company adopted FIN 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” on January 1, 2004. FIN 46R requires 

that Prosperity Statutory Trust II, Prosperity Statutory Trust III, Prosperity Statutory Trust IV, Paradigm Capital Trust II 
(fully redeemed on February 28, 2006), First Capital Statutory Trust I and First Capital Statutory Trust II be deconsolidated 
from the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the trust preferred securities issued by each of the foregoing trusts 
are no longer shown in the consolidated financial statements. Instead, the junior subordinated debentures issued by the 
Company to each of these trusts are shown as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and interest expense associated 
with such junior subordinated debentures is shown as interest expense in the consolidated statements of income. The dividend 
expense associated with the trust preferred securities for the year ended December 31, 2003 was previously shown as 
noninterest expense. Prior period data has been restated to reflect the adoption of FIN 46R.  

2005 versus 2004. Net interest income before the provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2005 was 

$110.9 million compared with $82.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an increase of $28.9 million or 35.3%. 
The improvement in net interest income for 2005 was principally due to an increase in average interest-earning assets to 
$2.949 billion at December 31, 2005 from $2.302 billion at December 31 2004, an increase of $647.7 million or 28.1%. The 
increase in average interest-earning assets was primarily due to the First Capital acquisition. The improvement in net interest 
income for 2005 was also partially due to an increase in the yield on interest-earning assets that was greater than the increase 
in the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Total cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased 57 basis points from 1.64% 

25

 
  
for the year ended December 31, 2004 to 2.21% for the year ended December 31, 2005, while total yield on interest-earning 
assets increased 64 basis points from 4.86% at December 31, 2004 to 5.50% at December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2005, 
period end demand deposits represented an important component of funding sources and was 23.1% of total period end 
deposits compared with 22.4% at December 31, 2004.  

Net interest margin (not on a tax equivalent basis), defined as net interest income divided by average interest-earning 

assets, for 2005 was 3.76%, up 20 basis points from 3.56% in 2004. The increase in the net interest margin was primarily 
attributable to an increase in interest-earning assets.  

2004 versus 2003. Net interest income before the provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2004 was 

$82.0 million compared with $64.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, an increase of $17.5 million or 27.1%. 
The improvement in net interest income for 2004 was principally due to an increase in average interest-earning assets to 
$2.302 billion at December 31, 2004 from $1.830 billion at December 31 2003, an increase of $471.3 million or 25.8%. The 
improvement in net interest income for 2004 was also partially due to a decrease in the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities 
that was greater than the decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets. Total cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 15 
basis points from 1.79% for the year ended December 31, 2003 to 1.64% for the year ended December 31, 2004 while total 
yield on interest-earning assets decreased 10 basis points from 4.96% at December 31, 2003 to 4.86% at December 31, 2004. 
At December 31, 2004, period end demand deposits averaged 22.4% of total period end deposits in 2004 compared with 
22.4% in 2003.  

Net interest margin (not on a tax equivalent basis) for 2004 was 3.56%, up four basis points from 3.52% in 2003. The 

increase in the net interest margin was primarily attributable to an increase in interest-earning assets.  

26

 
  
The following table presents for the periods indicated the total dollar amount of average balances, interest income from 

average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, 
expressed both in dollars and rates. Except as indicated in the footnotes, no tax-equivalent adjustments were made and all 
average balances are daily average balances. Any nonaccruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero 
yield.  

Average 
Outstanding 
Balance  

2005  
Interest 
Earned/ 
Paid  

Average
Yield/ 
Rate 

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  
Interest
Earned/
Paid  

Average 
Outstanding
Balance  

Average
Yield/ 
Rate  

Average 
Outstanding 
Balance  

2003  
Interest
Earned/
Paid 

Average
Yield/ 
Rate  

Assets 
Interest-earning assets: 

Loans held for investment. $  1,435,376   $  99,958 
Securities(1) ........................
60,866 
Federal funds sold and 
other temporary 
investments .................

1,471,067    

42,859    

1,299 

(Dollars in thousands) 

6.96% $ 
4.14 

871,736 
1,383,790 

$  55,779 
55,241 

6.40% $ 
3.99 

697,235   $  46,686 
1,108,153     43,911 

6.70%
3.96 

3.03 

46,121 

736 

1.60 

24,976    

248 

0.99 

Total interest-

earning assets.

2,949,302     162,123 

5.50%  

2,301,647 

  111,756 

4.86%  

1,830,364     90,845 

4.96%

Less allowance for credit 
losses...........................

(16,334)

Total interest-

earning assets, 
net of 
allowance. ......
Noninterest-earning assets

2,932,968     
428,649     
Total assets ........... $  3,361,617     

(11,454)

(9,525)

2,290,193 
252,895 

$  2,543,088 

1,820,839     
186,030     
$  2,006,869     

Liabilities and shareholders’ 

equity 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 
Interest-bearing demand 

deposits ....................... $ 

Savings and money 

market accounts. .........
Certificates of deposit. ......
Junior subordinated 

debentures ...................

Securities sold under 
repurchase 
agreements ..................
Other borrowings ..............

Total interest-
bearing 
liabilities.........

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:    

Noninterest-bearing 

demand deposits..........
Other liabilities..................

Total liabilities......

Shareholders’ equity ................

Total liabilities 

Net interest rate spread ............

Net interest income and 

margin(2) ............................

Net interest income and 

margin (tax-equivalent 
basis)(3) ..............................

4,666 

0.98% $ 

485,557 

$ 

5,027 

1.04% $ 

477,199   $ 
696,237    
1,009,147    
69,869    

10,683 
28,294 

4,895 

29,850    
40,794    

768 
1,920 

1.53 
2.80 

7.00 

2.57 
4.71 

495,330 
735,095 

4,002 
15,557 

59,288 

4,046 

19,522 
20,597 

232 
925 

0.81 
2.12 

6.82 

1.19 
4.49 

371,801   $  4,187 
406,333    
3,502 
616,353     14,944 
39,400    

2,630 

11,053    
27,771    

134 
949 

1.13%

0.86 
2.42 

6.68 

1.21 
3.42 

2,323,096    

609,230     
15,427     
2,947,753     
413,864     

51,226 

2.21%  

1,815,389 

29,789 

1.64%  

1,472,711     26,346 

1.79%

473,713 
10,712 

2,299,814 

243,274 

354,558     
9,433     
1, 836,702     
170,167     

$  2,543,088 

$  2,006,869     

3.29%   

3.21%   

3.17%

and 
shareholders’ 
equity.............. $  3,361,617     

$  110,897 

3.76%   

$  81,967 

3.56%   

$  64,499 

3.52%

$  112,262 

3.81%   

$  83,631 

3.63%   

$  66,612 

3.64%

(1)  Yield is based on amortized cost and does not include any component of unrealized gains or losses.  
(2)  The net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.  

27

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(3) 

In order to make pretax income and resultant yields on tax-exempt investments and loans comparable to those on taxable investments and loans, a tax-equivalent 
adjustment has been computed using a federal income tax rate of 35% for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and other applicable effective tax 
rates.  

The following table presents information regarding the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest 

expense for the major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and distinguishes between the 
increase (decrease) related to higher outstanding balances and the changes in interest rates. For purposes of this table, 
changes attributable to both rate and volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate.  

2005 vs. 2004  

Increase 
(Decrease) 
Due to Change in 

Volume  

Rate  

Years Ended December 31,  

2004 vs. 2003  

Increase 
(Decrease) 
Due to Change in 

Total  
(Dollars in thousands) 

Volume  

Rate  

Total  

8,114  $  44,179  $  11,684   $ 
10,922    
2,141 

5,625 

(2,591) $ 
408 

9,093 
11,330 

investments..........................................

(52)

615 

563 

210    

278 

488 

39,497 

10,870 

50,367 

22,816    

(1,905)

20,911 

Interest-earning assets: 

Loans held for investment ........................ $  36,065  $ 
Securities ..................................................
Federal funds sold and other temporary 

3,484 

Total increase (decrease) in interest 
income........................................

Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Interest-bearing demand deposits.............
Savings and money market accounts........
Certificates of deposit...............................
Junior subordinated debentures ................
Securities sold under repurchase 

agreements...........................................
Other borrowings. ....................................

Total increase (decrease) in interest 
expense ......................................

(87)
1,623 
5,800 
722 

123 
907 

9,088 

Increase (decrease) in net interest income ......... $  30,409  $ 

Provision for Credit Losses  

(274)
5,058 
6,937 
127 

413 
88 

(361)
6,681 
12,737 
849 

536 
995 

1,281    
767    
2,879    
1,328    

103    
(245)

(441)
(267)
(2,266)
88 

(5)
221 

840 
500 
613 
1,416 

98 
(24)

6,112    
12,349 
(1,479) $  28,930  $  16,703   $ 

21,437 

(2,669)

3,443 

765  $  17,468 

The Company’s provision for credit losses is established through charges to income in the form of the provision in 

order to bring the Company’s allowance for credit losses to a level deemed appropriate by management based on the factors 
discussed under Financial Condition—Allowance for Credit Losses. The allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2005 
was $17.2 million, representing 1.12% of outstanding loans. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 
2005 was $480,000 compared with $880,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004. In 2004, an additional $400,000 
provision for credit losses was made in anticipation of increased charge-offs related to loans acquired in merger transactions 
that year. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2005 were $410,000 compared with $485,000 in net charge-offs 
for the year ended December 31, 2004. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $880,000 
compared with $483,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2003 were 
$1.6 million.  

Noninterest Income  

The Company’s primary sources of recurring noninterest income are service charges on deposit accounts and other 

banking service related fees. Noninterest income does not include loan origination fees which are recognized over the life of 
the related loan as an adjustment to yield using the interest method. Banking related service fees include check cashing fees, 
official check fees, safe deposit box rent and currency handling fees. For the year ended December 31, 2005, noninterest 
income totaled $30.0 million, an increase of $7.0 million or 30.1% compared with $23.1 million in 2004. The increase was 
primarily due to an increase in insufficient funds charges and customer service charges which resulted from an increase in the 
number of accounts due to the Liberty and Village acquisitions in the third quarter of 2004 and the First Capital acquisition 
completed in March 2005. As of December 31, 2005, the two acquisitions in 2004 and the two acquisitions in 2005 added 
approximately 46,500 deposit accounts and over 11,500 debit cards. Noninterest income for 2004 was $23.1 million, an 

28

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
increase of $6.1 million or 36.0% compared with $17.0 million in 2003, resulting largely from an increase in service charges 
due to the additional deposit accounts from the MainBancorp and FSBNT acquisitions in the fourth quarter of 2003 and the 
Liberty and Village acquisitions completed in August 2004.  

Brokered mortgage income increased $312,000 to $695,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared with 
$383,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase was primarily due to additional mortgage loan originations 
resulting from the mortgage division of each of Liberty and Village that was acquired in August 2004 and a third mortgage 
division of First Capital that was acquired in March 2005.  

Income from leased assets and bank owned life insurance increased $895,000 and $397,000 for the year ended 
December 31, 2005 compared with the year ended December 31, 2004, respectively. Both leased assets and bank owned life 
insurance were acquired in the First Capital acquisition. The expiration dates of the leased assets range from 2009 to 2011 
and the related depreciation expense for the leased assets was $630,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005.  

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income:  

Service charges on deposit accounts..................................................  
Banking related service fees ..............................................................  
Brokered mortgage income................................................................  
Trust and investment income .............................................................  
Income from leased assets .................................................................  
Bank Owned Life Insurance income (BOLI).....................................  
Gains on sales of assets (net) .............................................................  
Net (loss) gain on sale of securities ...................................................  
Gain on held for sale loans ................................................................  
Other noninterest income...................................................................  
Total noninterest income..........................................................  

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  
(Dollars in thousands) 
$ 

$ 

$ 

2005  

24,985 
1,133 
695 
274 
895 
397 
72 
(79)
173 
1,476 

2003  

14,236 
780 
—   
502 
—   
—   
379 
—   
—   
1,069 

20,215  
1,002  
383  
214  
—    
—    
315(1) 
78  
74  
790  
23,071  

$ 

30,021 

$ 

$ 

16,966 

(1) 

Includes gains on the sale of TIB-The Independent BankersBank stock acquired in various acquisitions and a gain on 
the sale of real property acquired in the Paradigm acquisition.  

Noninterest Expense  

For the year ended December 31, 2005, noninterest expense totaled $69.0 million, an increase of $17.3 million or 

33.4% compared with $51.7 million for the same period in 2004. This increase was principally due to increases in salaries 
and employee benefits, net occupancy and depreciation costs and core deposit intangibles amortization primarily as a result 
of the First Capital acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2004, noninterest expense totaled $51.7 million, an increase 
of $9.7 million or 23.1% compared with $42.0 million for the same period in 2003. The increase was primarily attributable to 
the additional general operating costs associated with the acquisitions completed in 2004 and the full year effect of the 
acquisitions completed in 2003. These items and other changes in the various components of noninterest expense are 
discussed in more detail below.  

29

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense:  

Salaries and employee benefits(1) .......................................................  
Non-staff expenses: 

Net occupancy expense ............................................................  
Depreciation expense ...............................................................  
Data processing ........................................................................  
Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance...........................  
Ad valorem and franchise taxes. ..............................................  
Core deposit intangibles amortization ......................................  
Communications expense(2) ......................................................  
Other.........................................................................................  
Total noninterest expense. ..............................................  

2005  

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  
(Dollars in thousands) 
27,860   $ 

$ 

36,672  $ 

6,663 
4,462 
2,837 
548 
1,594 
3,912 
3,782 
8,487 

$ 

68,957  $ 

4,814  
2,843  
2,036  
524  
1,154  
1,781  
2,929  
7,766  
51,707   $ 

2003  

22,422 

4,492 
2,535 
2,128 
427 
851 
818 
2,528 
5,820 

42,021 

(1)  Salaries and employee benefits expense includes $619,000, $141,000 and $25,000 in 2005, 2004 and 2003 

respectively, in compensation expense related to the granting of stock options.  

(2)  Communications expense includes telephone, data circuits, postage and courier expenses.  

Salaries and Employee Benefits. Salaries and employee benefits increased $8.8 million to $36.7 million at 
December 31, 2005 compared with $27.9 million at December 31, 2004 primarily due to increased staff added with the 
Liberty and Village acquisitions in August 2004 and the First Capital acquisition in March 2005. The number of associates 
employed by the Company increased from 653 at December 31, 2004 to 859 at December 31, 2005. Salaries and employee 
benefits increased $5.4 million from $22.4 million at December 31, 2003 to $27.9 million at December 31, 2004 primarily 
due to increased staff added with the MainBancorp and FSBNT acquisitions in fourth quarter 2003 and the Village and 
Liberty acquisitions in 2004 and also partially attributable to annual merit increases. The number of associates employed by 
the Company increased from 629 at December 31, 2003 to 653 at December 31, 2004. In accordance with the Company’s 
adoption of SFAS 123, salaries and employee benefits expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes $619,000 in 
compensation expense related to the granting of stock options compared with $141,000 and $25,000 recorded for the years 
ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  

Net Occupancy and Depreciation Expenses. Net occupancy expense increased $1.8 million or 38.4% to $6.7 million 

for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared with $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Depreciation 
expense increased $1.6 million to $4.5 million compared with $2.8 million for the same periods. Both increases were 
primarily attributable to the addition of thirty-five (35) banking centers acquired in 2004 and 2005. Net occupancy expense 
increased $322,000 or 7.2% to $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared with $4.5 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2003. Depreciation expense increased $308,000 to $2.8 million compared with $2.5 million for the same 
periods. Both increases were primarily attributable to the addition of six banking centers associated with the acquisitions 
made in 2004 and an additional seven banking centers associated with the FSBNT and MainBancorp acquisitions in fourth 
quarter 2003.  

Communications Expense. Communications expense includes telephone, data circuits, postage and courier expenses. 

Communications expense increased $853,000 or 29.1% from $2.9 million for the year December 31, 2004 to $3.8 million for 
the same period in 2005. The increase was primarily associated with the addition of thirty-five banking centers acquired in 
2004 and 2005. Communications expense was $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared with $2.5 
million for the same period in 2003, an increase of $401,000 or 15.9%. The increase was primarily attributable to the addition 
of six banking centers in 2004 and an additional seven banking centers associated with the FSBNT and MainBancorp 
acquisitions in fourth quarter 2003.  

Core Deposit Intangibles Amortization. Core deposit intangibles amortization increased $2.1 million or 119.7% from 
$1.8 million for the year December 31, 2004 to $3.9 million for the same period in 2005. The increase was associated with 
the addition of $21.4 million in core deposit intangible assets related to the acquisitions made in 2004 and 2005. Core deposit 
intangibles amortization was $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared with $818,000 for the same 
period in 2003, an increase of $963,000 or 117.7%. The increase was attributable to the addition of $4.7 million in core 
deposit intangible assets related to the Abrams, Dallas Bancshares, MainBancorp and FSBNT acquisitions in 2003 and the 

30

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Liberty and Village acquisitions completed in August 2004. Core deposit intangibles are being amortized on an accelerated 
basis over an eight year life.  

Other Noninterest Expense. Other operating expenses increased $721,000 or 9.3% from $7.8 million at December 31, 
2004 to $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase was primarily attributable to additional operating 
expenses related to the First Capital acquisition made in 2005. Other operating expenses of $7.8 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2004 represented an increase of $1.9 million or 33.4% compared with $5.8 million in 2003. The increase was 
primarily attributable to increased advertising costs and the additional general operating costs associated with the acquisition 
of seven banking centers in 2004 and the Abrams, Dallas Bancshares, MainBancorp and FSBNT acquisitions in 2003.  

Efficiency Ratio. The efficiency ratio is a supplemental financial measure utilized in management’s internal evaluation 

of the Company and is not defined under generally accepted accounting principles. The efficiency ratio is calculated by 
dividing total noninterest expense, excluding securities losses and credit loss provisions, by net interest income plus 
noninterest income, excluding securities gains. Taxes are not part of this calculation. An increase in the efficiency ratio 
indicates that more resources are being utilized to generate the same volume of income, while a decrease would indicate a 
more efficient allocation of resources. The Company’s efficiency ratio was 48.91% at December 31, 2005, a decrease from 
49.23% at December 31, 2004. The decrease reflects the Company’s continued success in controlling operating expenses and 
the cost savings achieved with the First Capital acquisition in 2005. The Company’s efficiency ratio was 51.58% at 
December 31, 2003.  

Income Taxes  

The amount of federal income tax expense is influenced by the amount of taxable income, the amount of tax-exempt 
income, the amount of nondeductible interest expense and the amount of other nondeductible expenses. For the year ended 
December 31, 2005, income tax expense was $23.6 million compared with $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 
2004 and $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increases were primarily attributable to higher pretax net 
earnings which resulted from an increase in net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared with the 
same period in 2004 and 2003. The effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was 33.0%, 
33.8% and 31.9%, respectively. The effective income tax rates differed from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% during the 
comparable periods primarily due to the effect of tax-exempt income from loans and securities.  

Impact of Inflation  

The Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this annual report on Form 10-K have 

been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. These require the measurement of financial 
position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of 
money over time due to inflation.  

Unlike many industrial companies, substantially all of the Company’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a 

result, interest rates have a more significant impact on the Company’s performance than the effects of general levels of 
inflation. Interest rates may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and 
services. However, other expenses do reflect general levels of inflation.  

Financial Condition  
Loan Portfolio  

At December 31, 2005, total loans were $1.542 billion, an increase of $506.6 million or 48.9% compared with $1.036 
billion at December 31, 2004. The growth in loans was primarily attributable to the combined effect of internal growth and 
the First Capital and Grapeland acquisitions. At December 31, 2005, total loans at the banking centers acquired in 2005 
totaled $440.6 million. At December 31, 2005, total loans were 52.8% of deposits and 43.0% of total assets. At December 31, 
2004, total loans were 44.7% of deposits and 38.4% of total assets. Loans increased 34.5% during 2004 from $770.1 million 
at December 31, 2003 to $1.036 billion at December 31, 2004. The growth in loans was primarily attributable to internal 
growth and the 2004 acquisitions.  

31

 
  
The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates indicated:  

2005  

2004  

Amount  

Percent  

Amount 

Percent 

2002  

2001  

Amount  

Percent  

Amount 

Percent 

222,773 

14.4% $ 

144,432 

13.9% $ 

93,989 

12.2% $ 

93,797 

13.8% $ 

46,986 

11.1%

December 31,  

2003  

Amount 

Percent 
(Dollars in thousands) 

206,653 
313,184 
58,729 
566,356 
30,920 
32,039 
25,429 

65,183 
20,859 

13.4  
20.3  
3.8  
36.7  
2.0  
2.1  
1.6  
4.3  
1.4  

109,591 
260,453 
34,453 
369,151 
22,240 
18,187 
21,906 

52,854 
2,246 

10.6 
25.2 
3.3 
35.6 
2.1 
1.9 
2.1 

5.1 
0.2 

36,470 
237,055 
27,943 
260,882 
15,247 
20,679 
20,693 

54,821 
2,274 

4.7 
30.8 
3.6 
33.9 
2.0 
2.7 
2.7 

7.1 
0.3 

52,377 
206,586 
23,249 
183,970 
11,887 
15,502 
24,683 

64,488 
3,020 

7.7  
30.4  
3.4  
27.1  
1.7  
2.3  
3.6  
9.6  
0.4  

20,963 
175,253 
20,541 
78,446 
10,686 
9,694 
15,757 

45,121 
953 

4.9 
41.3 
4.8 
18.5 
2.5 
2.3 
3.7 

10.7 
0.2 

Commercial and industrial ........ $ 
Real estate: 

Construction and land 

development .................
1-4 family residential ..........
Home equity........................
Commercial mortgages .......
Farmland .............................
Multifamily residential .......
Agriculture.................................
Consumer (net of unearned 

discount)..............................
Other ..........................................

Total loans. ................... $  1,542,125 

100.0% $  1,035,513 

100.0% $  770,053 

100.0% $  679,559 

100.0% $  424,400 

100.0%

The Company is focused on growing its construction and land development, commercial mortgage and commercial and 

industrial loan portfolios. The Company’s construction and land development loans grew from $109.6 million at 
December 31, 2004 to $206.7 million at December 31, 2005, an increase of $97.1 million or 88.6%. The Company’s 
commercial mortgages grew from $369.2 million at December 31, 2004 to $566.4 million at December 31, 2005, an increase 
of $197.2 million or 53.4%. The Company’s commercial and industrial loans grew from $144.4 million at December 31, 
2004 to $222.8 million at December 31, 2005, an increase of $78.3 million or 54.2%. The Company offers a variety of 
commercial lending products including term loans and lines of credit. The Company offers a broad range of short to medium-
term commercial loans, primarily collateralized, to businesses for working capital (including inventory and receivables), 
business expansion (including acquisitions of real estate and improvements) and the purchase of equipment and machinery. 
Historically, the Company has originated loans for its own account and has not securitized its loans. The purpose of a 
particular loan generally determines its structure. All loans in the 1-4 family residential category were originated by the 
Company.  

All loans over $500,000 and below $2.5 million are evaluated and acted upon on a daily basis by two of the Company’s 

four loan concurrence officers. All loans above $2.5 million are evaluated and acted upon by an officers’ loan committee, 
which meets weekly. In addition to the officers’ loan committee evaluation, loans from $5.0 million to $10.0 million are 
evaluated and acted upon by the directors loan committee, which consists of three directors and meets as necessary. Loans 
over $10.0 million are evaluated and acted upon by the Bank’s board of directors either at a regularly scheduled monthly 
board meeting or by teleconference or written consent.  

Commercial and Industrial Loans. In nearly all cases, the Company’s commercial loans are made in the Company’s 

market areas and are underwritten on the basis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt from income. As a general 
practice, the Company takes as collateral a lien on any available real estate, equipment or other assets owned by the borrower 
and obtains a personal guaranty of the borrower or principal. Working capital loans are primarily collateralized by short-term 
assets whereas term loans are primarily collateralized by long-term assets. In general, commercial loans involve more credit 
risk than residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans and, therefore, usually yield a higher return. The 
increased risk in commercial loans is due to the type of collateral securing these loans. The increased risk also derives from 
the expectation that commercial loans generally will be serviced principally from the operations of the business, and those 
operations may not be successful. Historical trends have shown these types of loans to have higher delinquencies than 
mortgage loans. As a result of these additional complexities, variables and risks, commercial loans require more thorough 
underwriting and servicing than other types of loans.  

Commercial Mortgages. The Company makes commercial mortgage loans collateralized by real estate to finance the 
purchase of real estate. The Company’s commercial mortgage loans are collateralized by first liens on real estate, typically 
have variable interest rates and amortize over a ten to 15 year period. Payments on loans secured by such properties are often 
dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties. Accordingly, repayment of these loans may be 
subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy to a greater extent than other types of loans. The 
Company seeks to minimize these risks in a variety of ways, including giving careful consideration to the property’s 
operating history, future operating projections, current and projected occupancy, location and physical condition in 
connection with underwriting these loans. The underwriting analysis also includes credit verification, appraisals and a review 
of the financial condition of the borrower.  

32

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
1-4 Family Residential Loans. A significant portion of the Company’s lending activity has consisted of the origination 
of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans collateralized by owner-occupied properties located in the Company’s market areas. 
The Company offers a variety of mortgage loan products which generally are amortized over five to 25 years. Loans 
collateralized by 1-4 family residential real estate generally have been originated in amounts of no more than 90% of 
appraised value or have mortgage insurance. The Company requires mortgage title insurance and hazard insurance. The 
Company has elected to keep all 1-4 family residential loans for its own account rather than selling such loans into the 
secondary market. By doing so, the Company is able to realize a higher yield on these loans; however, the Company also 
incurs interest rate risk as well as the risks associated with nonpayments on such loans.  

Construction Loans. The Company makes loans to finance the construction of residential and, to a limited extent, 
nonresidential properties. Construction loans generally are collateralized by first liens on real estate and have floating interest 
rates. The Company conducts periodic inspections, either directly or through an agent, prior to approval of periodic draws on 
these loans. Underwriting guidelines similar to those described above are also used in the Company’s construction lending 
activities. Construction loans involve additional risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are advanced upon the security of 
a project under construction, and the project is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of uncertainties inherent in 
estimating construction costs, the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation on real 
property, it can be difficult to accurately evaluate the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan to value 
ratio. As a result of these uncertainties, construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with 
repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay 
the loan. If the Company is forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, there is no assurance that the Company will 
be able to recover all of the unpaid portion of the loan. In addition, the Company may be required to fund additional amounts 
to complete a project and may have to hold the property for an indeterminate period of time. While the Company has 
underwriting procedures designed to identify what it believes to be acceptable levels of risks in construction lending, no 
assurance can be given that these procedures will prevent losses from the risks described above.  

Agriculture Loans. The Company provides agricultural loans for short-term crop production, including rice, cotton, 

milo and corn, farm equipment financing and agricultural real estate financing. The Company evaluates agricultural 
borrowers primarily based on their historical profitability, level of experience in their particular agricultural industry, overall 
financial capacity and the availability of secondary collateral to withstand economic and natural variations common to the 
industry. Because agricultural loans present a higher level of risk associated with events caused by nature, the Company 
routinely makes on-site visits and inspections in order to monitor and identify such risks.  

Consumer Loans. Consumer loans made by the Company include direct “A”-credit automobile loans, recreational 

vehicle loans, boat loans, home improvement loans, home equity loans, personal loans (collateralized and uncollateralized) 
and deposit account collateralized loans. The terms of these loans typically range from 12 to 120 months and vary based upon 
the nature of collateral and size of loan. Consumer loans entail greater risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in 
the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or collateralized by rapidly depreciating assets such as automobiles. In such 
cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the 
outstanding loan balance. The remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the 
borrower beyond obtaining a deficiency judgment. In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s 
continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal 
bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws may limit the amount which can be recovered on 
such loans.  

The contractual maturity ranges of the commercial and industrial and construction and land development portfolios and 
the amount of such loans with predetermined interest rates and floating rates in each maturity range as of December 31, 2005 
are summarized in the following table:  

December 31, 2005  

Commercial and industrial...............................................................  
Construction and land development.................................................  
Total .......................................................................................  
Loans with a predetermined interest rate. ........................................  
Loans with a floating interest rate....................................................  
Total .......................................................................................  

33

One Year 
or Less 

After One 
Through 
Five Years 

After Five 
Years 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total  

$ 

57,522 

39,292    

98,823  $  101,891   $  22,059  $  222,773 
206,653 
109,839 
$  208,662  $  141,183   $  79,581  $  429,426 
52,713   $  24,154  $  119,856 
88,470    
309,570 
55,427 
$  208,662  $  141,183   $  79,581  $  429,426 

42,989  $ 

165,673 

$ 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Nonperforming Assets  

The Company has several procedures in place to assist it in maintaining the overall quality of its loan portfolio. The 

Company has established underwriting guidelines to be followed by its officers and the Company also monitors its 
delinquency levels for any negative or adverse trends. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company’s loan portfolio 
will not become subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.  

The Company requires appraisals on loans collateralized by real estate. With respect to potential problem loans, an 
evaluation of the borrower’s overall financial condition is made to determine the need, if any, for possible write-downs or 
appropriate additions to the allowance for credit losses.  

The Company generally places a loan on nonaccrual status and ceases accruing interest when the payment of principal 
or interest is delinquent for 90 days, or earlier in some cases, unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying 
collateral fully supports the carrying value of the loan. The Company generally charges off such loans before attaining 
nonaccrual status.  

The Company’s conservative lending approach has resulted in strong asset quality. The Company had $1.4 million in 

nonperforming assets at December 31, 2005 compared with $1.7 million at December 31, 2004 and $967,000 at 
December 31, 2003. Interest foregone on nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was 
$35,000, $54,000 and $38,000, respectively.  

The following table presents information regarding past due loans and nonperforming assets at the dates indicated:  

2005  

2004  

December 31,  

2003  

2002  

2001  

Nonaccrual loans. ........................................ $ 
Restructured loans. ......................................
Other nonperforming loans..........................
Accruing loans 90 or more days past due ....

Total nonperforming loans .................
Repossessed assets.......................................
Other real estate ...........................................

Total nonperforming assets ................ $ 

Nonperforming assets to total loans and 

355  
—    
—    
788  
1,143  
26  
239  
1,408  

$ 

$ 

(Dollars in thousands) 

297  
—    
—    
1,083  
1,380  
—    
341  
1,721  

$ 

$ 

2  
—    
—    
679  
681  
40  
246  
967  

$ 

$ 

1,125  
—    
1,100  
120  
2,345  
46  
219  
2,610  

$ 

$ 

1  
—    
—    
—    
1  
—    
—    
1  

other real estate .......................................

0.09%  

0.17%  

0.13%  

0.38%  

0.00%

34

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses  

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, an analysis of the allowance for credit losses and other related 

data:  

Average loans outstanding........................... $  1,435,376  
Gross loans outstanding at end of period. .... $  1,542,125  

871,736  
$ 
$  1,035,513  

(Dollars in thousands) 
$  697,235  
$  770,053  

$  524,885  
$  679,559  

$  419,553  
$  424,400  

2005  

2004  

2003  

2002  

2001  

Years Ended December 31,  

Allowance for credit losses at beginning of 

period ...................................................... $ 

Balance acquired with the First Capital and 
Grapeland acquisitions in 2005, Liberty 
and Village acquisitions in 2004, 
Abrams, Dallas Bancshares, 
MainBancorp and FSBNT acquisitions 
in 2003, and Texas Guaranty, First 
State, Paradigm, FNB and Southwest 
acquisitions in 2002 ................................
Provision for credit losses............................
Charge-offs: 

Commercial and industrial .................
Real estate and agriculture .................
Consumer. ..........................................

Recoveries: 

Commercial and industrial .................
Real estate and agriculture .................
Consumer. ..........................................

Net charge-offs ............................................

Allowance for credit losses at end of 

period. ..................................................... $ 

Ratio of allowance to end of period loans....
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans.....
Ratio of allowance to end of period 

nonperforming loans ...............................

13,105  

$ 

10,345  

$ 

9,580  

$ 

5,985  

$ 

5,523  

4,028  
480  

(410)
(242)
(240)

188  
184  
110  
(410)

2,365  
880  

(139)
(613)
(198)

239  
65  
161  
(485)

1,900  
483  

(810)
(960)
(471)

159  
198  
266  
(1,618)

2,981  
1,010  

(356) 
(231) 
(180) 

111  
175  
85  
(396) 

—    
700  

(180)
(175)
(74)

15  
121  
55  
(238)

17,203  

$ 

13,105  

$ 

10,345  

$ 

9,580  

$ 

5,985  

1.12%  
0.03  

1.27%  
0.06  

1.34%  
0.23  

1.41%  
0.08  

1,505.1  

949.6  

1,519.1  

408.5  

1.41%
0.06  

n/m(1)

(1)  Amount not meaningful. Nonperforming loans totaled $1,000 at December 31, 2001.  

The allowance for credit losses is a valuation established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for 
credit losses. Management has established an allowance for credit losses which it believes is adequate for estimated losses in 
the Company’s loan portfolio. Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio, management presents a monthly review of the 
allowance for credit losses to the Bank’s Board of Directors, indicating any change in the allowance since the last review and 
any recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance. In making its evaluation, management considers factors such as 
historical loan loss experience, industry diversification of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio, the amount of 
nonperforming assets and related collateral, the volume, growth and composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, current 
economic changes that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the Company’s 
loan portfolio through its internal loan review process and other relevant factors. Charge-offs occur when loans are deemed to 
be uncollectible.  

The Company considers risk elements attributable to particular loan types or categories in assessing the quality of 

individual loans. Some of the risk elements include:  

• 

for 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, including a consideration of the 
debt to income ratio and employment and income stability, the loan to value ratio, and the age, condition and 
marketability of collateral;  

35

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

for commercial mortgage loans and multifamily residential loans, the debt service coverage ratio (income from the 
property in excess of operating expenses compared to loan payment requirements), operating results of the owner 
in the case of owner-occupied properties, the loan to value ratio, the age and condition of the collateral and the 
volatility of income, property value and future operating results typical of properties of that type;  
for agricultural real estate loans, the experience and financial capability of the borrower, projected debt service 
coverage of the operations of the borrower and loan to value ratio;  
for construction and land development loans, the perceived feasibility of the project including the ability to sell 
developed lots or improvements constructed for resale or ability to lease property constructed for lease, the quality 
and nature of contracts for presale or preleasing, if any, experience and ability of the developer and loan to value 
ratio;  
for commercial and industrial loans, the operating results of the commercial, industrial or professional enterprise, 
the borrower’s business, professional and financial ability and expertise, the specific risks and volatility of income 
and operating results typical for businesses in that category and the value, nature and marketability of collateral; 
and  
for non-real estate agricultural loans, the operating results, experience and financial capability of the borrower, 
historical and expected market conditions and the value, nature and marketability of collateral.  

In addition, for each category, the Company considers secondary sources of income and the financial strength and 

credit history of the borrower and any guarantors.  

The Company follows a loan review program to evaluate the credit risk in the loan portfolio. Through the loan review 

process, the Company maintains an internally classified loan list which, along with the delinquency list of loans, helps 
management assess the overall quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. Loans 
classified as “substandard” are those loans with clear and defined weaknesses such as a highly-leveraged position, 
unfavorable financial ratios, uncertain repayment sources or poor financial condition, which may jeopardize recoverability of 
the debt. Loans classified as “doubtful” are those loans which have characteristics similar to substandard accounts but with an 
increased risk that a loss may occur, or at least a portion of the loan may require a charge-off if liquidated at present. Loans 
classified as “loss” are those loans which are in the process of being charged off. For each classified loan, the Company 
generally allocates a specific loan loss reserve equal to a predetermined percentage of the loan amount, depending on the 
classification.  

In addition to the internally classified loan list and delinquency list of loans, the Company maintains a separate “watch 

list” which further aids the Company in monitoring loan portfolios. Watch list loans have one or more deficiencies that 
require attention in the short term or pertinent ratios of the loan account that have weakened to a point where more frequent 
monitoring is warranted. These loans do not have all of the characteristics of a classified loan (substandard or doubtful) but 
do show weakened elements compared with those of a satisfactory credit. The Company reviews these loans to assist in 
assessing the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses.  

In order to determine the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses, management considers the risk classification or 
delinquency status of loans and other factors, such as collateral value, portfolio composition, trends in economic conditions 
and the financial strength of borrowers. Management actively monitors the Company’s asset quality and establishes specific 
allowances for loans which management believes require reserves greater than those allocated according to their 
classification or delinquent status. An unallocated allowance is also established based on the Company’s historical charge-off 
experience and existing general economic and business conditions affecting the key lending areas of the Company, credit 
quality trends, collateral values, loan volume and concentrations and seasoning of the loan portfolio. The Company then 
charges to operations a provision for credit losses to maintain the allowance for credit losses at an adequate level determined 
by the foregoing methodology.  

Federal and state bank regulators also require that a bank maintain an allowance that is sufficient to absorb an 
estimated amount of unidentified potential losses based on management’s perception of economic conditions, loan portfolio 
growth, historical charge-off experience and exposure concentrations. In addition, as the Company has grown, its aggregate 
loan portfolio has increased and since the Company has made a decision to diversify its loan portfolio into areas other than 1-
4 family residential mortgage loans, the risk profile of the Company’s loans has increased. By virtue of its increased capital 
levels, the Company is able to make larger loans, thereby increasing the possibility that one uncollectible loan would have a 
more severe adverse impact.  

At December 31, 2005, the allowance for credit losses totaled $17.2 million, or 1.12% of total loans. At December 31, 

2004, the allowance aggregated $13.1 million or 1.27% of total loans and at December 31, 2003, the allowance was $10.3 
million, or 1.34% of total loans.  

36

 
  
The following tables describe the allocation of the allowance for credit losses among various categories of loans and 

certain other information as of the dates indicated. The allocation is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily 
indicative of the categories in which future losses may occur. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any 
segment of loans.  

December 31,  

2005  

Percent of 
Loans to 
Total Loans 

2004  

Percent of 
Loans to 
Total Loans 

Amount  

Amount  

Balance of allowance for credit losses applicable to: 

Commercial and industrial ..................................................... $ 
Real estate ..............................................................................
Agriculture .............................................................................
Consumer and other. ..............................................................
Unallocated ............................................................................

636 
923 
28 
53 
15,563 

Total allowance for credit losses. ................................. $  17,203 

(Dollars in thousands) 

14.4%  $ 
78.4  
1.6  
5.6  
—    

274    
503    
12    
26    
12,290    
100.0%  $  13,105    

13.9%
78.7  
2.1  
5.3  
—    
100.0%

2003  

Percent of 
Loans to 
Total Loans 

Amount 

December 31,  
2002  

Percent of 
Loans to 
Total Loans 

Amount 

Amount 

(Dollars in thousands) 

2001  

Percent of 
Loans to 
Total Loans 

Balance of allowance for credit losses 

applicable to: 

Commercial and industrial ....................... $ 
Real estate ................................................
Agriculture ...............................................
Consumer and other. ................................
Unallocated ..............................................

253 
957 
35 
34 
9,066 

12.2% $ 
77.7  
2.7  
7.4  
—    

559 
397 
42 
71 
  8,781 

13.8% $ 
72.6  
3.6  
10.0  
—    

357 
553 
11 
10 
  5,054 

Total allowance for credit losses. ... $  10,345 

100.0% $  9,850 

100.0% $  5,985 

11.1%
74.3  
3.7  
10.9  
—    
100.0%

The Company believes that the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2005 is adequate to cover losses inherent in 
the portfolio as of such date. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will not sustain losses in future periods, 
which could be substantial in relation to the size of the allowance at December 31, 2005.  

Securities  

The Company uses its securities portfolio as a source of income, as a source of liquidity for cash requirements and to 
manage interest rate risk. At December 31, 2005, investment securities totaled $1.573 billion, an increase of $269.8 million 
or 20.7% compared with $1.303 million at December 31, 2004. The increase in securities was primarily due to the First 
Capital acquisition. Securities decreased to $1.303 billion at December 31, 2004 from $1.377 billion at December 31, 2003, a 
decrease of $74.1 million or 5.4%. At December 31, 2005, securities represented 43.9% of total assets compared with 48.3% 
of total assets at December 31, 2004.  

37

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The following table summarizes the amortized cost of securities as of the dates shown (available-for-sale securities are 

not adjusted for unrealized gains or losses):  

$ 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 
government agencies.......................................
70% non-taxable preferred stock .........................
States and political subdivisions ..........................
Corporate debt securities .....................................
Collateralized mortgage obligations ....................
Mortgage-backed securities .................................
Qualified Zone Academy Bond (QZAB).............
Other ....................................................................

2005  

2004  

December 31,  

2003  

(Dollars in thousands) 

2002  

2001  

296,349  $ 
24,000 
31,250 
8,550 
222,615 
987,088 
8,000 
814 

30,726  $ 
24,000 
37,698 
10,491 
238,994 
957,354 
8,000 
296 

48,762  $ 
44,015 
45,738 
15,619 
178,487 
1,032,861 
8,000 
283 

97,098 $  143,397 
24,058 
44,029  
43,503 
50,994  
22,712 
25,338  
17,378 
168,282  
492,940 
552,515  
8,000 
8,000  
—   
—  

Total ...........................................................

$  1,578,666  $  1,307,559  $  1,373,765  $  946,256 $  751,988 

The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of securities and their weighted average yields as of 

December 31, 2005. Available-for-sale securities are shown at fair value and held-to-maturity securities are shown at 
amortized cost. Other securities are included in the corporate debt securities category. For purposes of the table below, tax-
exempt states and political subdivisions are calculated on a tax equivalent basis. The QZAB bond is not calculated on a tax 
equivalent basis and it generates a tax credit of 7.18%, which is included in gross income.  

Within One 
Year 

After One Year 
but 
Within Five 
Years 

Amount  

Yield  

Amount 

Yield  

December 31, 2005  
After Five Years 
but 
Within Ten 
Years 

Amount 
Yield  
(Dollars in thousands) 

After Ten 
Years 

Total  

Amount 

Yield  

Total  

Yield  

9,518 

4.09% $ 

284,473 

4.49% $ 

1,036 

4.93% $ 

—   

  —  % $ 

295,027 

4.48%

—   

5,723 

4,826 

  —    
5.01  
5.46  

—   

16 

  —    
7.37  

—   

  —    

—   

  —   

—   

  —   

18,666 

8,748 

3,038 

913 

59,236 

5.64 

6.20 

3.67 

4.38 

8,174 

1,500 

18,728 

544,631 

7.05 

7.38 

4.63 

4.29 

9,610 

—   

202,984 

382,782 

2.76  
7.73  
  —    

4.25  
4.92  

18,666 

32,255 

9,364 

222,626 

986,664 

—   

  —   

8,000 

2.00 

—   

  —    

8,000 

2.76 

6.51 

6.01 

4.28 

4.54 

2.00 

4.51%

U.S. Treasury 

securities and 
obligations of U.S. 
government 
agencies.................. $ 

70% non-taxable 

preferred stock .......

States and political 

subdivisions. ..........

Corporate debt 

securities ................

Collateralized 
mortgage 
obligations..............

Mortgage-backed 

securities ................

Qualified Zone 

Academy Bond 
(QZAB) ..................

Total................. $ 

20,083 

4.68% $ 

356,408 

4.51% $ 

582,069 

4.32% $ 

614,042 

4.68% $ 

1,572,602 

The contractual maturity of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations is not a reliable 
indicator of their expected life because borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations at any time. Mortgage-backed 
securities monthly pay downs cause the average lives of the securities to be much different than their stated lives. The 
weighted average life of the Company’s complete portfolio is 3.5 years with an effective duration of 2.9 years at 
December 31, 2005. The 70% non-taxable preferred stock includes investments in Federal National Mortgage Association 
(Fannie Mae) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) preferred stock.  

The Company does not own securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. government and its agencies) for which 
aggregate adjusted cost exceeds 10% of the consolidated shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004.  

38

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The average yield of the securities portfolio was 4.14% in 2005 compared with 3.99% in 2004 and 3.96% in 2003. The 

15 basis point increase in 2005 was primarily due to the Company reinvesting funds at higher rates in 2005 compared to 
2004. The overall growth in the securities portfolio over the comparable periods was primarily funded by deposit growth.  

The following table summarizes the carrying value by classification of securities as of the dates shown:  

Available-for-sale ......................  $ 
Held-to-maturity ........................   
Total .................................  $ 

2005  

2004  

December 31,  

2003  

(Dollars in thousands) 

410,361  $ 

177,683  $ 

263,648  $ 

1,162,241 

1,125,109 

1,113,232 

1,572,602  $ 

1,302,792  $ 

1,376,880  $ 

2002  

2001  

309,219   $ 
641,098    
950,317   $ 

482,233 
270,089 

752,322 

The following tables present the amortized cost and fair value of securities classified as available-for-sale at 

December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003:  

Amortized 
Cost  

December 31, 2005  
Gross 
Gross 
Unrealized
Unrealized
Losses  
Gains  
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
Value  

Amortized
Cost  

December 31, 2004  
Gross 
Gross 
Unrealized
Unrealized 
Losses  
Gains  
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
Value  

U.S. Treasury securities and 
obligations of U.S. 
government agencies.............. $ 

70% non-taxable preferred stock..
States and political subdivisions. .
Collateralized mortgage 

obligations..............................
Mortgage-backed securities..........
Qualified Zone Academy Bond 

(QZAB) ..................................
Other .............................................

231,399  $ 
24,000 
14,102 

$ 

430
—  
1,005

1,752  $  230,077  $ 
5,334 
—   

18,666 
15,107 

10,579  $ 
24,000 
14,382 

2  $ 

—   
1,366 

$ 

69
6,150
—  

10,512 
17,850 
15,748 

8,096 
130,014 

8,000 
814 

45
277

—  
—  

34 
701 

—   
—   

8,107 
129,590 

8,000 
814 

13,143 
112,050 

8,000 
296 

76 
545 

—   
—   

35
502

—  
—  

13,184 
112,093 

8,000 
296 

Total................................. $ 

416,425  $ 

1,757

$ 

7,821  $  410,361  $ 

182,450  $ 

1,989  $ 

6,756

$  177,683 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 

government agencies.....................  
70% non-taxable preferred stock.........  
States and political subdivisions..........  
Collateralized mortgage obligations....  
Mortgage-backed securities.................  
Qualified Zone Academy Bond (QZAB) 
Other ....................................................  
Total. .......................................  

Amortized 
Cost 

December 31, 2003  
Gross 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Unrealized 
Losses 
Gains 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
Value 

$ 

15,824  $ 
44,015 
15,141 
17,745 
159,525 
8,000 
283 

$ 

247
—  
1,798
510
1,179
—  
—  

—    $ 
327 
—   
68 
224 
—   
—   

16,071 
43,688 
16,939 
18,187 
160,480 
8,000 
283 

$ 

260,533  $ 

3,734

$ 

619  $  263,648 

39

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The following tables present the amortized cost and fair value of securities classified as held-to-maturity at 

December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003:  

Amortized 
Cost  

December 31, 2005  
Gross 
Gross 
Unrealized
Unrealized 
Gains  
Losses  
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
Value  

Amortized
Cost  

December 31, 2004  
Gross 
Gross 
Unrealized
Unrealized 
Gains  
Losses  
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
Value  

U.S. Treasury securities 

and obligations of U.S. 
government agencies.... $ 

States and political 

subdivisions..................
Corporate debt securities ....
Collateralized mortgage 

17,148 
8,550 

obligations. ...................

214,519 

Mortgage-backed 

securities.......................

857,074 

64,950  $ 

409  $ 

564  $ 

64,795  $ 

20,147  $ 

661  $ 

6  $ 

20,802 

173 
108 

313 

721 

31 
3 

17,290 
8,655 

23,317 
10,491 

5,805 

209,027 

225,851 

510 
301 

97 

15 
—   

802 

23,812 
10,792 

225,146 

21,868 

835,927 

845,303 

3,559 

4,914 

843,948 

Total ....................... $  1,162,241  $ 

1,724  $ 

28,271  $  1,135,694  $  1,125,109  $ 

5,128  $ 

5,737  $  1,124,500 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 

government agencies................ 
States and political subdivisions..... 
Corporate debt securities ................ 
Collateralized mortgage obligations  
Mortgage-backed securities............ 
Total ................................... 

Amortized
Cost  

December 31, 2003  
Gross 
Gross 
Unrealized
Unrealized
Gains  
Losses  
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
Value  

$ 

32,938  $ 
30,597 
15,619 
160,742 
873,336 

$ 

1,591
1,121
743
1,338
7,806

14  $ 
—   
—   
191 
3,175 

34,515 
31,718 
16,362 
161,889 
877,967 

$  1,113,232  $ 

12,599

$ 

3,380  $  1,122,451 

Net unrealized losses on the available-for-sale securities were $6.1 million at December 31, 2005 compared with $4.8 

million at December 31, 2004. Management believes that the unrealized losses in the Company’s securities portfolio at 
December 31, 2005 were primarily due to interest rate increases. Because the decline in market value is attributable to 
changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold such securities 
until a recovery of fair value, which may be at maturity, the Company does not consider such securities to be other-than-
temporarily impaired at December 31, 2005.  

Mortgage-backed securities are securities that have been developed by pooling a number of real estate mortgages and 

which are principally issued by federal agencies such as Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), Fannie 
Mae and Freddie Mac. These securities are deemed to have high credit ratings, and minimum regular monthly cash flows of 
principal and interest are guaranteed by the issuing agencies.  

Unlike U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities, which have a lump sum payment at maturity, mortgage-
backed securities provide cash flows from regular principal and interest payments and principal prepayments throughout the 
lives of the securities. Mortgage-backed securities which are purchased at a premium will generally suffer decreasing net 
yields as interest rates drop because home owners tend to refinance their mortgages. Thus, the premium paid must be 
amortized over a shorter period. Therefore, these securities purchased at a discount will obtain higher net yields in a 
decreasing interest rate environment. As interest rates rise, the opposite will generally be true. During a period of increasing 
interest rates, fixed rate mortgage-backed securities do not tend to experience heavy prepayments of principal and 
consequently, the average life of this security will not be shortened. If interest rates begin to fall, prepayments will increase. 
At December 31, 2005, 38.8% of the mortgage-backed securities held by the Company had contractual final maturities of 
more than ten years with a weighted average life of 3.73 years.  

Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) are bonds that are backed by pools of mortgages. The pools can be 

Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac pools or they can be private-label pools. CMOs are designed so that the mortgage 
collateral will generate a cash flow sufficient to provide for the timely repayment of the bonds. The mortgage collateral pool 
can be structured to accommodate various desired bond repayment schedules, provided that the collateral cash flow is 
adequate to meet scheduled bond payments. This is accomplished by dividing the bonds into classes to which payments on 
the underlying mortgage pools are allocated in different order. The bond’s cash flow, for example can be dedicated to one 
class of bondholders at a time, thereby increasing call protection to bondholders. In private-label CMOs, losses on underlying 

40

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
mortgages are directed to the most junior of all classes and then to the classes above in order of increasing seniority, which 
means that the senior classes have enough credit protection to be given the highest credit rating by the rating agencies.  

At the date of purchase, the Company is required to classify debt and equity securities into one of three categories: 

held-to-maturity, trading or available-for-sale. At each reporting date, the appropriateness of the classification is reassessed. 
Investments in debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity and measured at amortized cost in the financial statements 
only if management has the positive intent and ability to hold those securities to maturity. Securities that are bought and held 
principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading and measured at fair value in the financial 
statements with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Investments not classified as either held-to-maturity or 
trading are classified as available-for-sale and measured at fair value in the financial statements with unrealized gains and 
losses reported, net of tax, in a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized.  

Deposits  

The Company’s lending and investment activities are primarily funded by deposits. The Company offers a variety of 

deposit accounts having a wide range of interest rates and terms including demand, savings, money market and time 
accounts. The Company relies primarily on competitive pricing policies and customer service to attract and retain these 
deposits. The Company does not have or accept any brokered deposits.  

Total deposits at December 31, 2005 were $2.920 billion, an increase of $603.2 million or 26.0% compared with 
$2.317 billion at December 31, 2004. The increase was primarily attributable to the First Capital and Grapeland acquisitions 
in 2005. As of December 31, 2005, the banking centers acquired in 2005 had approximately $621.2 million in total deposits. 
Noninterest-bearing deposits were $674.4 million at December 31, 2005, an increase of $156.0 million or 30.1% compared 
with $518.4 million at December 31, 2004. Noninterest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2004 were $518.4 million 
compared with $467.4 million at December 31, 2003. Interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2005 were $2.25 billion, up 
$447.2 million or 24.9% from $1.80 billion at December 31, 2004. Interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2004 of $1.80 
billion represented a $182.4 million or 11.3% increase compared with $1.62 billion at December 31, 2003. Total deposits at 
December 31, 2003 were $2.08 billion. There were no major concentrations of deposits at December 31, 2005, 2004 or 2003.  

The daily average balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits for each of the years ended December 31, 

2005, 2004 and 2003 are presented below:  

2005  

Amount  

Rate  

Years Ended December 31,  
2004  

Amount  
(Dollars in thousands) 

Rate  

2003  

Amount  

Rate  

Interest-bearing checking........................... $ 
Regular savings..........................................
Money market savings ...............................
Time deposits.............................................

Total interest-bearing deposits .........
Noninterest-bearing deposits .....................

477,199 
150,577 
545,660 
1,009,147 

2,182,583 
609,230 

0.98% $ 
0.83  
1.73  
2.80  
2.00  
  —    

485,557 
110,801 
384,529 
735,095 

1,715,982 
473,713 

1.04% $ 
0.59  
0.87  
2.12  
1.43  
  —    

371,801 
88,651 
317,682 
616,353 

1,394,487 
354,558 

Total deposits ................................... $  2,791,813 

1.56% $  2,189,695 

1.12% $  1,749,045 

  1.13%
  0.66  
  0.92  
  2.42  
  1.62  
  —    
  1.29%

The Company’s ratio of average noninterest-bearing deposits to average total deposits for the years ended 

December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 was 21.8%, 21.6%, and 20.3%, respectively.  

The following table sets forth the amount of the Company’s certificates of deposit that are $100,000 or greater by time 

remaining until maturity:  

Three months or less...............................................................................  
Over three through six months................................................................  
Over six through 12 months....................................................................  
Over 12 months.......................................................................................  
Total ..............................................................................................  

December 31, 2005  
(Dollars in thousands) 
188,658  
80,731  
103,911  
116,245  
489,545  

$ 

$ 

41

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
Other Borrowings  

The Company utilizes borrowings to supplement deposits to fund its lending and investment activities. Borrowings 
consist of funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and correspondent banks. FHLB advances are considered 
short-term, overnight borrowings. At December 31, 2005, the Company had $55.4 million in FHLB borrowings which 
consisted of $38.4 million in long-term FHLB notes payable and $17.0 million in FHLB advances compared with $13.1 
million in FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2004, all of which were long-term FHLB notes payable. The $42.3 million 
increase was primarily attributable to the acquisition of $2.6 million in FHLB long-term notes payable from the Village 
acquisition, $30.6 million in FHLB long-term notes payable acquired from the First Capital acquisition and FHLB advances 
of $17.0 million, partially offset by normal pay downs on the remaining notes. The weighted average interest rate paid on the 
FHLB advances at period end was 4.4%. The maturity dates on the FHLB notes payable range from the years 2006 to 2028 
and have interest rates ranging from 2.79% to 8.80%. The highest outstanding balance of FHLB advances during 2005 was 
$39.0 million compared with $50.0 million during 2004. The Company had no federal funds purchased at December 31, 2005 
or 2004.  

At December 31, 2005, the Company had $47.0 million in securities sold under repurchase agreements compared with 

$25.1 million at December 31, 2004, an increase of $21.9 million or 87.5%. The increase was primarily attributable to 
customers maintaining higher balances.  

At December 31, 2005, the Company had six issues of junior subordinated debentures outstanding totaling 

$75.8 million compared with four issues totaling $47.4 million at December 31, 2004 as shown in the following table. The 
Company assumed $28.4 million in junior subordinated debentures in connection with the First Capital acquisition in 2005.  

Description 

Paradigm Capital Trust II(1) ...........  

Prosperity Statutory Trust II .........  

First Capital Statutory Trust I(2).....  

Trust 
Preferred 
Securities 
Interest Rate(5) 
Outstanding 
  Feb. 20, 2001$  6,000,000 3-month LIBOR

Issuance Date 

+ 4.50% 

  July 31, 2001  15,000,000 3-month LIBOR
+ 3.58%, not to
exceed 12.50%

  Mar. 26, 2002  20,000,000 3-month LIBOR

+ 3.60% 

Junior 
Subordinated 
Debt Owed 
to Trusts  
6,186,000 

$ 

Maturity 
Date(6)  
  Feb. 20, 2031 

15,464,000 

  July 31, 2031 

20,619,000 

  Mar. 26, 2032 

First Capital Statutory Trust II(2)....  

  Sept. 26, 2002 

7,500,000 3-month LIBOR

+ 3.40% 

7,732,000 

  Sept. 26, 2032 

Prosperity Statutory Trust III........  

  Aug. 15, 2003  12,500,000 

Prosperity Statutory Trust IV........  

  Dec. 30, 2003  12,500,000 

6.50%(3)  

6.50%(4)  

12,887,000 

  Sept. 17, 2033 

12,887,000 

  Dec. 30, 2033 

(1)  Assumed in connection with the Paradigm acquisition on September 1, 2002 and fully redeemed on February 28, 2006.  
(2)  Assumed in connection with the First Capital acquisition on March 1, 2005.  
(3)  The debentures bear a fixed interest rate until September 17, 2008, when the rate begins to float on a quarterly basis 

based on the three-month LIBOR plus 3.00%.  

(4)  The debentures bear a fixed interest rate until December 30, 2008, when the rate begins to float on a quarterly basis 

based on the three-month LIBOR plus 2.85%.  

(5)  The 3-month LIBOR in effect as of December 31, 2005 was 4.53%.  
(6)  The debentures are callable five years from issuance date.  

On December 31, 2004, the Company redeemed in full the $12.4 million in junior subordinated debentures issued to 

Prosperity Capital Trust I. Prosperity Capital Trust I in turn redeemed in full the trust preferred securities and common 
securities it issued.  

Each of the trusts is a capital or statutory business trust organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust securities and 

investing the proceeds in the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The preferred trust securities of each trust represent 
preferred beneficial interests in the assets of the respective trusts and are subject to mandatory redemption upon payment of 
the junior subordinated debentures held by the trust. The common securities of each trust are wholly-owned by the Company. 
Each trust’s ability to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon the Company making 
payment on the related junior subordinated debentures. The debentures, which are the only assets of each trust, are 

42

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
subordinate and junior in right of payment to all of the Company’s present and future senior indebtedness. The Company has 
fully and unconditionally guaranteed each trust’s obligations under the trust securities issued by such trust to the extent not 
paid or made by each trust, provided such trust has funds available for such obligations.  

Under the provisions of each issue of the debentures, the Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the 

debentures at any time, or from time to time, for periods not exceeding five years. If interest payments on either issue of the 
debentures are deferred, the distributions on the applicable trust preferred securities and common securities will also be 
deferred.  

Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk  

The Company’s asset liability and funds management policy provides management with the necessary guidelines for 

effective funds management, and the Company has established a measurement system for monitoring its net interest rate 
sensitivity position. The Company manages its sensitivity position within established guidelines.  

As a financial institution, the Company’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in 

interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of the Company’s assets and 
liabilities, and the market value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, other than those which have a 
short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These 
economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The 
objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at 
the same time maximizing income.  

The Company manages its exposure to interest rates by structuring its balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. 

The Company does not enter into instruments such as leveraged derivatives, interest rate swaps, financial options, financial 
future contracts or forward delivery contracts for the purpose of reducing interest rate risk. Based upon the nature of the 
Company’s operations, the Company is not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. The Company does not own 
any trading assets.  

The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk is managed by the Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”), which is 
composed of senior officers of the Company, in accordance with policies approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. 
The ALCO formulates strategies based on appropriate levels of interest rate risk. In determining the appropriate level of 
interest rate risk, the ALCO considers the impact on earnings and capital of the current outlook on interest rates, potential 
changes in interest rates, regional economies, liquidity, business strategies and other factors. The ALCO meets regularly to 
review, among other things, the sensitivity of assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of 
assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, purchase and sale activities, commitments to originate loans and the 
maturities of investments and borrowings. Additionally, the ALCO reviews liquidity, cash flow flexibility, maturities of 
deposits and consumer and commercial deposit activity. Management uses two methodologies to manage interest rate risk: 
(1) an analysis of relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; and (2) an interest rate shock 
simulation model. The Company has traditionally managed its business to reduce its overall exposure to changes in interest 
rates.  

An interest rate sensitive asset or liability is one that, within a defined time period, either matures or experiences an 

interest rate change in line with general market interest rates. The management of interest rate risk is performed by analyzing 
the maturity and repricing relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at specific points in 
time (“GAP”) and by analyzing the effects of interest rate changes on net interest income over specific periods of time by 
projecting the performance of the mix of assets and liabilities in varied interest rate environments. Interest rate sensitivity 
reflects the potential effect on net interest income of a movement in interest rates. A company is considered to be asset 
sensitive, or having a positive GAP, when the amount of its interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a given 
period exceeds the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities also maturing or repricing within that time period. Conversely, a 
company is considered to be liability sensitive, or having a negative GAP, when the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities 
maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-earning assets also maturing or repricing within 
that time period. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to affect net interest income adversely, 
while a positive GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, a 
negative GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income, while a positive GAP would tend to affect net 
interest income adversely.  

43

 
  
  
The following table sets forth the Company’s interest rate sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2005:  

0-30 
days 

Volumes Subject to Repricing Within  
181-365 
days 

31-180 
days 

Greater than 
one year 

Total  

Interest-earning assets: 
Securities (excluding 

unrealized loss of $6.1 
million)................................. $ 

Loans.........................................
Federal funds sold and other 

temporary investments .........

Total interest-earning 

assets ...................... $ 

(Dollars in thousands) 

52,517  
592,317  

$ 

176,732  
133,398  

$ 

172,967  
124,484  

$  1,176,450  
691,926  

$  1,578,666 
1,542,125 

5,846  

200  

97  

—    

6,143 

650,680  

$ 

310,330  

$ 

297,548  

$  1,868,376  

$  3,126,934 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Demand, money market and 

savings deposits.................... $  1,203,557  

$ 

—    

$ 

—    

$ 

—    

$  1,203,557 

Certificates of deposit and 

other time deposits. ..............
Junior subordinated debentures.
Securities sold under 

repurchase agreements .........
Other borrowings ......................

136,203  
30,125  

46,985  
17,000  

384,595  
6,000  

—    
616  

244,169  
15,000  

—    
11,301  

277,387  
24,650  

—    
26,487  

1,042,354 
75,775 

46,985 
55,404 

Total interest-bearing 

liabilities .......................... $  1,433,870  
(783,190) 
(783,190) 

Period GAP .......................... $ 
Cumulative GAP .................. $ 
Period GAP to total assets....
Cumulative GAP to total 

$ 
$ 
(21.84)%  

$ 

$ 

391,211  
(80,881) 
(864,071) 

$ 
$ 
(2.26)%  

270,470  
27,078  
(836,993) 

328,524  
$ 
$  1,539,852  
702,859  
$ 
0.76%  

42.94%   

$  2,424,075 

$ 

702,859 

assets................................

(21.84)%  

(24.10)%  

(23.34)%  

19.60%   

While the GAP position is a useful tool in measuring interest rate risk and contributes toward effective asset and 
liability management, it is difficult to predict the effect of changing interest rates solely on that measure, without accounting 
for alterations in the maturity or repricing characteristics of the balance sheet that occur during changes in market interest 
rates. For example, the GAP position reflects only the prepayment assumptions pertaining to the current rate environment. 
Assets tend to prepay more rapidly during periods of declining interest rates than during periods of rising interest rates. 
Because of this and other risk factors not contemplated by the GAP position, an institution could have a matched GAP 
position in the current rate environment and still have its net interest income exposed to increased rate risk. Additionally, the 
Company had $674.4 million in noninterest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2005 which are not reflected in the table above 
and are not directly impacted by interest rate changes.  

In addition to GAP analysis, the Company uses an interest rate risk simulation model and shock analysis to test the 

interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet, respectively. Contractual maturities and repricing 
opportunities of loans are incorporated in the model as are prepayment assumptions, maturity data and call options within the 
investment portfolio. Assumptions based on past experience are incorporated into the model for nonmaturity deposit 
accounts. The Company’s December 31, 2005 simulation analysis estimates a percentage of change in these metrics from the 
stable rate base scenario versus alternative scenarios of rising and falling market interest rates by instantaneously shocking a 
static balance sheet. The following table summarizes the simulated change in net interest income over a 12-month horizon in 
the event of an immediate change in interest rates:  

Change in Interest 
Rates (Basis Points) 

+200........................................................................................................ 
+100........................................................................................................ 
Base ........................................................................................................ 
-100......................................................................................................... 
-200......................................................................................................... 

Increase (Decrease) 
in Net Interest Income 

2.1%
1.7%
0.0%
0.8%
(2.6)%

44

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
The results are primarily due to behavior of demand, money market and savings deposits during such rate fluctuations. 

The Company has found that historically, interest rates on these deposits change more slowly than changes in the discount 
and federal funds rates. This assumption is incorporated into the simulation model and is generally not fully reflected in a 
GAP analysis.  

Liquidity  

Liquidity involves the Company’s ability to raise funds to support asset growth or reduce assets to meet deposit 
withdrawals and other payment obligations, to maintain reserve requirements and otherwise to operate the Company on an 
ongoing basis. During the three years ended December 31, 2005, the Company’s liquidity needs have primarily been met by 
growth in core deposits and the issuance of junior subordinated debentures, as previously discussed. Although access to 
purchased funds from correspondent banks is available and has been utilized on occasion to take advantage of investment 
opportunities, the Company does not generally rely on these external funding sources. The cash and federal funds sold 
position, supplemented by amortizing investment and loan portfolios, have generally created an adequate liquidity position.  

Asset liquidity is provided by cash and assets which are readily marketable or which will mature in the near future. As 

of December 31, 2005, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $97.4 million compared with $137.9 million at 
December 31, 2004. The decrease was mainly due to a decrease in federal funds sold of $73.3 million, partially offset by an 
increase in cash and due from banks of $32.8 million. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had junior subordinated 
debentures outstanding of $75.8 million compared with $47.4 million at December 31, 2004. The increase was due to the 
assumption of $28.4 million in junior subordinated debentures from First Capital.  

Contractual Obligations  

The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations and other commitments to make future 
payments as of December 31, 2005 (other than deposit obligations). The Company’s future cash payments associated with its 
contractual obligations pursuant to its junior subordinated debentures, FHLB notes payable and operating leases as of 
December 31, 2005 are summarized below. Payments for FHLB notes payable include interest of $8.3 million that will be 
paid over the future periods. Payments related to leases are based on actual payments specified in underlying contracts.  

More than 1 
year but less 
than 3 years 

Payments due in:  

3 years or 
more but less 
than 5 years 

1 year or less 

5 years 
or more 

Total  

Junior subordinated debentures(1) ...........................
Federal Home Loan Bank notes payable ...............
Operating leases.....................................................

$ 

—    $ 

—    $ 

13,737 
2,987 

11,173 
4,732 

Total. ............................................................

$ 

16,724  $ 

15,905  $ 

—     $  75,775  $ 

75,775 
12,017    
46,707 
9,780 
2,979    
13,664 
2,966 
14,996   $  88,521  $  136,146 

(Dollars in thousands) 

(1)  On February 28, 2006 the Company redeemed in full the $6.2 million in junior subordinated debentures issued to 

Paradigm Capital Trust II. Paradigm Capital Trust II in turn redeemed in full the trust preferred securities and common 
securities it issued.  

Off-Balance Sheet Items  

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions, which, in accordance with accounting 

principles generally accepted in the United States, are not included in its consolidated balance sheets. The Company enters 
into these transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit 
and standby letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the 
amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.  

45

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit and commitments to extend credit 

as of December 31, 2005 are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to 
extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:  

1 year or less 

More than 1 
year but less 
than 3 years 

3 years or 
more but less 
than 5 years 

5 years 
or more 

Total  

Standby letters of credit .........................................
Commitments to extend credit ...............................

$ 

6,514  $ 

902  $ 

213,824 

23,619 

Total. ............................................................

$ 

220,338  $ 

24,521  $ 

18   $  —    $ 

7,434 
4,338    
335,291 
93,510 
4,356   $  93,510  $  342,725 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Standby Letters of Credit. Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to 

guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the 
terms of the agreement with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum 
potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the 
commitment. If the commitment is funded, the Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. The 
Company’s policies generally require that standby letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to 
those contained in loan agreements.  

Commitments to Extend Credit. The Company enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with 

fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of the Company’s 
commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan 
funding. The Company minimizes its exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and 
monitoring procedures. Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in 
determining the level of the allowance for credit losses.  

Capital Resources  

Capital management consists of providing equity to support the Company’s current and future operations. The 

Company is subject to capital adequacy requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Board and the Bank is subject to 
capital adequacy requirements imposed by the FDIC. Both the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have adopted risk-based 
capital requirements for assessing bank holding company and bank capital adequacy. These standards define capital and 
establish minimum capital requirements in relation to assets and off-balance sheet exposure, adjusted for credit risk. The risk-
based capital standards currently in effect are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences 
in risk profiles among bank holding companies and banks, to account for off-balance sheet exposure and to minimize 
disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with 
appropriate relative risk weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets 
and off-balance sheet items.  

The risk-based capital standards issued by the Federal Reserve Board require all bank holding companies to have “Tier 

1 capital” of at least 4.0% and “total risk-based” capital (Tier 1 and Tier 2) of at least 8.0% of total risk-weighted tangible 
assets. “Tier 1 capital” generally includes common shareholders’ equity and qualifying perpetual preferred stock together 
with related surpluses and retained earnings, less deductions for goodwill and various other intangibles. “Tier 2 capital” may 
consist of a limited amount of intermediate-term preferred stock, a limited amount of term subordinated debt, certain hybrid 
capital instruments and other debt securities, perpetual preferred stock not qualifying as Tier 1 capital, and a limited amount 
of the general valuation allowance for loan losses. The sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital is “total risk-based capital.”  

The Federal Reserve Board has also adopted guidelines which supplement the risk-based capital guidelines with a 
minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated tangible assets, or “leverage ratio,” of 3.0% for institutions with 
well diversified risk, including no undue interest rate exposure; excellent asset quality; high liquidity; good earnings; and that 
are generally considered to be strong banking organizations, rated composite 1 under applicable federal guidelines, and that 
are not experiencing or anticipating significant growth. Other banking organizations are required to maintain a leverage ratio 
of at least 4.0%. These rules further provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions 
will be expected to maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels and comparable to peer 
group averages, without significant reliance on intangible assets.  

Pursuant to FDICIA, each federal banking agency revised its risk-based capital standards to ensure that those standards 

take adequate account of interest rate risk, concentration of credit risk and the risks of nontraditional activities, as well as 
reflect the actual performance and expected risk of loss on multifamily mortgages. The Bank is subject to capital adequacy 

46

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
guidelines of the FDIC that are substantially similar to the Federal Reserve Board’s guidelines. Also pursuant to FDICIA, the 
FDIC has promulgated regulations setting the levels at which an insured institution such as the Bank would be considered 
“well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically 
undercapitalized.” Under the FDIC’s regulations, the Bank is classified “well-capitalized” for purposes of prompt corrective 
action.  

Total shareholders’ equity increased to $464.7 million at December 31, 2005 compared with $275.6 million at 
December 31, 2004, an increase of $189.1 million or 68.6%. This increase was primarily the result of net income of $47.9 
million and an increase in Common Stock issued of $149.6 million in connection with the First Capital and Grapeland 
acquisitions, partially offset by dividends paid on the Common Stock of $9.6 million. During 2004, shareholders’ equity 
increased by $56.1 million or 25.5% compared with $219.6 million at December 31, 2003 primarily due to net income of 
$34.7 million and an increase in Common Stock issued of $32.0 million in connection with the Liberty acquisition, partially 
offset by dividends paid on the Common Stock of $6.7 million.  

The following table provides a comparison of the Company’s and the Bank’s leverage and risk-weighted capital ratios 

as of December 31, 2005 to the minimum and well-capitalized regulatory standards:  

Minimum Required 
for Capital 
Adequacy Purposes 

To Be Categorized as 
Well-Capitalized Under Prompt 
Corrective Action 
Provisions 

Actual Ratio at 
December 31, 2005 

The Company 

Leverage ratio.......................................
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio...............
Total risk-based capital ratio. ...............

The Bank 

Leverage ratio.......................................
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio...............
Total risk-based capital ratio. ...............

3.00%(1)
4.00  
8.00  

3.00%(2)
4.00  
8.00  

N/A  
N/A  
N/A  

5.00%   
6.00  
10.00  

7.83%
15.34  
16.37  

7.67%
15.04  
16.08  

(1)  The Federal Reserve Board may require the Company to maintain a leverage ratio above the required minimum.  
(2)  The FDIC may require the Bank to maintain a leverage ratio above the required minimum.  

The trust preferred securities issued by the Company’s subsidiary trusts are currently included in the Company’s Tier 1 
capital for regulatory purposes. On March 1, 2005, the Federal Reserve Board adopted final rules that continue to allow trust 
preferred securities to be included in Tier 1 capital, subject to stricter quantitative and qualitative limits. Currently, trust 
preferred securities and qualifying perpetual preferred stock are limited in the aggregate to no more than 25% of a bank 
holding company’s core capital elements. The new rule amends the existing limit by providing that restricted core capital 
elements (including trust preferred securities and qualifying perpetual preferred stock) can be no more than 25% of core 
capital, net of goodwill and associated deferred tax liability. Because the 25% limit currently is calculated without deducting 
goodwill, the final rule reduces the amount of trust preferred securities that the Company can include in Tier 1 capital. The 
amount of such excess trust preferred securities are includable in Tier 2 capital. The new quantitative limits will be fully 
effective March 31, 2009.  

Assuming these final rules were effective at December 31, 2005, approximately $61.4 million of trust preferred 
securities would count as Tier 1 capital. The excess amount of trust preferred securities may be included in Tier 2 capital. 
Assuming these final rules were effective at December 31, 2005, the Company’s consolidated capital ratios would have been:  

Pro forma Consolidated Risk Based Capital Ratios: 
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)..........................................................
Tier I capital (to risk weighted assets) .........................................................
Tier I capital (to average assets) ..................................................................

16.37% 
14.61% 
7.46% 

Each of the trusts issuing the trust preferred securities holds junior subordinated debentures the Company issued with a 

30-year maturity. The final rules provide that in the last five years before the junior subordinated debentures mature, the 
associated trust preferred securities will be excluded from Tier 1 capital and included in Tier 2 capital. In addition, the trust 
preferred securities during this five-year period would be amortized out of Tier 2 capital by one-fifth each year and excluded 
from Tier 2 capital completely during the year prior to maturity of the debentures.  

47

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

For information regarding the market risk of the Company’s financial instruments, see Item 7. Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Financial Condition—Interest Rate Sensitivity 
and Market Risk. The Company’s principal market risk exposure is to changes in interest rates.  

48

 
  
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

The financial statements, the report thereon, the notes thereto and supplementary data commence at page 63 of this 

Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

The following table presents certain unaudited quarterly financial information concerning the Company’s results of 

operations for each of the two years indicated below. The information should be read in conjunction with the historical 
consolidated financial statements of the Company and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 
10-K.  

CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA OF THE COMPANY  

Quarter Ended 2005  

December 31 

September 30  

June 30  

March 31 

Interest income.............................................................................  
Interest expense ...........................................................................  
Net interest income ............................................................  
Provision for credit losses............................................................  
Net interest income after provision ....................................  
Noninterest income ......................................................................  
Noninterest expense.....................................................................  
Income before income taxes...............................................  
Provision for income taxes ..........................................................  
Net income .........................................................................  

Earnings per share: 

Basic...................................................................................  
Diluted................................................................................  

Interest income.............................................................................  
Interest expense ...........................................................................  
Net interest income ............................................................  
Provision for credit losses............................................................  
Net interest income after provision ....................................  
Noninterest income ......................................................................  
Noninterest expense.....................................................................  
Income before income taxes...............................................  
Provision for income taxes ..........................................................  
Net income .........................................................................  

Earnings per share: 

Basic...................................................................................  
Diluted................................................................................  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

44,277  $ 
15,256 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 
(unaudited) 
42,707   $  41,106  $  34,033 
13,787  
9,556 
12,627 
28,920  
120  
28,800  
8,092  
18,070  
18,822  
18,428 
15,056 
6,351  
4,502 
6,220 
12,471   $  12,208  $  10,554 

28,359 
7,881 
17,812 

24,357 
6,533 
15,834 

28,479 
120 

24,477 
120 

29,021 
120 

28,901 
7,515 
17,241 

19,175 
6,548 

12,627  $ 

0.46  $ 

0.45  $ 

0.45   $ 
0.45   $ 

0.44  $ 

0.44  $ 

0.44 

0.43 

Quarter Ended 2004  

December 31 

September 30  

June 30  

March 31 

30,308  $ 
8,106 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 
(unaudited) 
28,763   $  26,313  $  26,372 
7,696  
7,025 
6,962 
21,067  
420  
20,647  
6,111  
13,194  
13,564  
4,618  
8,946   $ 

19,231 
5,455 
12,067 

19,227 
5,272 
12,459 

12,619 
4,257 

12,040 
3,977 

19,351 
120 

19,347 
120 

8,362  $ 

8,063 

22,202 
220 

21,982 
6,233 
13,987 

14,228 
4,892 

9,336  $ 

0.42  $ 

0.41  $ 

0.41   $ 
0.40   $ 

0.40  $ 

0.39  $ 

0.39 

0.38 

Earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented and therefore may not total earnings 

per share for the year.  

49

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE  

None.  

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company 

carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including its Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. 
In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, 
no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, 
and management was required to apply judgment in evaluating its controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, the 
Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) 
are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the 
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported to the Company’s management within the time periods 
specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms.  

Changes in internal control over financial reporting. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter 
ended December 31, 2005, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting.  

50

 
  
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over 
financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of 
the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles.  

As of December 31, 2005, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial 

reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control—
Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission. This 
assessment included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance 
with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C) to meet the 
reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. Based on the 
assessment, management determined that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2005, based on those criteria.  

Deloitte & Touche, LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial 
statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on management’s 
assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005. The 
report is included in this Item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”  

Compliance with Designated Laws and Regulations  

Management is also responsible for ensuring compliance with the federal laws and regulations concerning loans to 

insiders and the federal and state laws and regulations concerning dividend restrictions, both of which are designated by the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) as safety and soundness laws and regulations.  

Management assessed its compliance with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations and has 
maintained records of its determinations and assessments as required by the FDIC. Based on this assessment, management 
believes that the Company has complied, in all material respects, with the designated safety and soundness laws and 
regulations for the year ended December 31, 2005.  

51

 
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of  
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.  
Houston, Texas  

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control 

over Financial Reporting, that Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Because management’s 
assessment and our audit were conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s assessment and our audit of the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in 
accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C). 
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 

States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective 
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing, and evaluating the 
design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in 
the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the 
company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the 
company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or 
improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on 
a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future 
periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal 
Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also, 
in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2005, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

We have not examined and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on 

management’s statement referring to compliance with laws and regulations.  

52

 
  
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 

States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005 of the Company and our report 
dated March 6, 2006, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.  

Houston, Texas  
March 6, 2006  

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION  

None.  

53

 
 
PART III.  

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT  

The information under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Continuing Directors and Executive Officers, 
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance, Corporate Governance and Nominating Procedures—
Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Procedures—Code of 
Ethics” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2006 Proxy 
Statement”) to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within 120 days of the 
Company’s fiscal year end, is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.  

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

The information under the caption “Executive Compensation and Other Matters” and “Corporate Governance and 

Nominating Procedures—Director Compensation” in the 2006 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference in 
response to this item.  

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS  

Certain information required by this Item 12 is included under “Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity 
Compensation Plans” in Part II, Item 5 of this annual report on Form 10-K. Additionally, the information under the caption 
“Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock by Management of the Company and Principal Shareholders” in the 2006 Proxy 
Statement is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.  

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS  

The information under the caption “Interests of Management and Others in Certain Transactions” in the 2006 Proxy 

Statement is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.  

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES  

The information under the caption “Fees and Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 2006 

Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.  

54

 
  
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  
Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules  

PART IV.  

Reference is made to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the report thereon, the notes thereto and supplementary 
data commencing at page 63 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Set forth below is a list of such Consolidated Financial 
Statements:  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004  
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Financial Statement Schedules  

All supplemental schedules are omitted as inapplicable or because the required information is included in the 

Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.  

Exhibits  

Each exhibit marked with an asterisk is filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Exhibit 
Number(1) 

Description 

2.1  —Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of November 16, 2005 by and between the Company and 

SNB Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed November 17, 2005) 

2.2  —Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of October 25, 2004, by and between the Company and First 
Capital Bankers, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Registration 
Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-121767)) 

2.3  —Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of May 1, 2002 by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 
and Paradigm Bancorporation, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-91248)) 

2.4  —Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of February 22, 2002 by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and 

American Bancorp of Oklahoma, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002) 

2.5  —Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of April 26, 2002 by and among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., 
Prosperity Bank and The First State Bank (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002) 

2.6  —Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and between the Prosperity Bancshares, Inc and Commercial 

Bancshares, Inc. dated November 8, 2000 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-52342)) 

2.7  —Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and South Texas 

Bancshares, Inc. dated June 17, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 
10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999) 

55

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Exhibit 
Number(1)  

Description 

2.8  —Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated June 5, 1998 by and among Prosperity, Prosperity Bank and 

Union State Bank (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 

3.1  —Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Prosperity (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 

to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 

3.2  —Amended and Restated Bylaws of Prosperity (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the 

Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 10, 2006) 

4.1  —Form of certificate representing shares of Prosperity common stock (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 

4.2  —Indenture dated as of July 31, 2001 by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., as Issuer, and State Street 

Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, with respect to the Floating Rate Junior 
Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001) 

4.3  —Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Prosperity Statutory Trust II dated as of July 31, 2001 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended September 30, 2001) 

4.4  —Guarantee Agreement dated as of July 31, 2001 by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and State Street 
Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
4.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001) 

  10.1†  —Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 

Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 

  10.2†  —Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 

Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 

  10.3†  —Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the 

Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-121767)) 

  10.4†  —Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Prosperity Bank and David Zalman 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 
24, 2005) 

  10.5†  —Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Prosperity Bank and 

H. E. Timanus, Jr. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed January 24, 2005) 

  10.6†  —Termination Agreement dated as of December 8, 2005 by and among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., Prosperity 

Bank and D. Michael Hunter (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed December 9, 2005) 

  10.7†  —Non-Competition Agreement dated as of December 8, 2005 by and among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., 

Prosperity Bank and D. Michael Hunter (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 9, 2005) 

  10.8†  —Paradigm Bancorporation, Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to 

the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-100815)) 

  10.9†  —MainBancorp, Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the 

Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-110755)) 

56

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Exhibit 
Number(1)  
  10.10†  —Form of MainBancorp, Inc. Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to 

Description 

Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-110755)) 

  10.11†  —First Capital Bankers, Inc. 1996 Executive Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004) 

  10.12†  —First Capital Bankers, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference 

to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004) 

  21.1*  —Subsidiaries of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 

  23.1*  —Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP 

  31.1*  —Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934, as amended. 

  31.2*  —Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934, as amended. 

  32.1**  —Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, adopted pursuant to Section 

906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

  32.2**  —Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, adopted pursuant to Section 

906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

†  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.  
* 
** 
(1)  The Company has other long-term debt agreements that meet the exclusion set forth in Section 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of 

Filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  
Furnished with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Regulation S-K. The Company hereby agrees to furnish a copy of such agreements to the Commission upon request.  

57

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Prosperity 

Bancshares, Inc., has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, 
in the City of Houston and State of Texas on March 15, 2006.  

SIGNATURES  

PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® 

By:

/s/    DAVID ZALMAN         

David Zalman 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed by 

the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the indicated capacities on March 15, 2006.  

Signature 

/s/    DAVID ZALMAN         
David Zalman 

/s/    NED S. HOLMES         
Ned S. Holmes 

/s/    DAVID HOLLAWAY         
David Hollaway 

/s/    H.E. TIMANUS, JR.         
H.E. Timanus, Jr. 

/s/    JAMES A. BOULIGNY         
James A. Bouligny 

/s/    CHARLES A. DAVIS, JR.         
Charles A. Davis, Jr. 

/s/    WILLIAM H. FAGAN, M.D.         
William Fagan, M.D. 

/s/    CHARLES J. HOWARD, M.D.         
Charles Howard, M.D. 

/s/    D. MICHAEL HUNTER         
D. Michael Hunter 

/s/    S. REED MORIAN         
S. Reed Morian 

Positions 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

(principal executive officer); Director 

Chairman of the Board; Director 

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and 

principal accounting officer) 

Executive Vice President and 

Chief Operating Officer; Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

58

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
/s/    PERRY MUELLER, JR., D.D.S.         
Perry Mueller, Jr., D.D.S. 

/s/    TRACY T. RUDOLPH         
Tracy T. Rudolph 

/s/    HARRISON STAFFORD II         
Harrison Stafford II 

/s/    ROBERT STEELHAMMER         
Robert Steelhammer 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

59

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
TABLE OF CONTENTS TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.® 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm...................................................................  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 .........................................................  

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 ............  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 

and 2003 ............................................................................................................................................  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003......  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..........................................................................................  

Page 

64 

65 

66 

67 

68 

69 

60

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of  
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.  
Houston, Texas  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Prosperity Bancshares Inc. and subsidiaries (the 

“Company”) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows 
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the 
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts 
and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Prosperity 

Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows 
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United State of America.  

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on the 
criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission and our report dated March 6, 2006, expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment 
of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Houston, Texas  
March 6, 2006  

61

 
 
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  

ASSETS 

Cash and due from banks................................................................................................  
Federal funds sold...........................................................................................................  
Total cash and cash equivalents ............................................................................  
Interest bearing deposits in financial institutions............................................................  
Available for sale securities, at fair value .......................................................................  
Held to maturity securities, at cost..................................................................................  
Loans held for investment...............................................................................................  
Less allowance for credit losses......................................................................................  
Loans, net ...........................................................................................  
Accrued interest receivable.............................................................................................  
Goodwill .........................................................................................................................  
Core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $6.7 million and $2.8 million, 
respectively ................................................................................................................  
Bank premises and equipment, net .................................................................................  
Other real estate owned...................................................................................................  
Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI), net........................................................................  
Leased assets...................................................................................................................  
Other assets.....................................................................................................................  
TOTAL ASSETS............................................................................................................  

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

LIABILITIES: 
Deposits: 

Noninterest-bearing .....................................................................................  
Interest-bearing............................................................................................  
Total deposits .....................................................................................  
Other borrowings ..................................................................................................  
Securities sold under repurchase agreements ........................................................  
Accrued interest payable .......................................................................................  
Other liabilities......................................................................................................  
Junior subordinated debentures .............................................................................  
Total liabilities ...................................................................................  

SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY: 

Preferred stock, $1 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or 

outstanding .......................................................................................................  

Common stock, $1 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 27,857,887 and 

22,418,128 shares issued at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively; 27,820,799 
and 22,381,040 shares outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively  

Capital surplus.......................................................................................................  
Retained earnings ..................................................................................................  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss—net unrealized loss on available for sale 
securities, net of tax benefit of $1,669 and $1,090, respectively......................  
Less treasury stock, at cost, 37,088 shares ............................................................  
Total shareholders’ equity..................................................................  
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY ........................................  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

62

December 31,  

2005  
(Dollars in thousands) 

2004  

$ 

91,518   $ 
5,846    
97,364    
297    
410,361    
1,162,241    
1,542,125    
(17,203)
1,524,922    
16,105    
261,964    

58,760 
79,150 

137,910 
200 
177,683 
1,125,109 
1,035,513 
(13,105)

1,022,408 
10,171 
153,180 

22,461    
49,244    
239    
13,676    
4,464    
22,644    

11,492 
35,793 
341 
—   
—   
22,941 
$  3,585,982   $  2,697,228 

$ 

674,407   $ 
2,245,911    
2,920,318    
55,404    
46,985    
6,546    
16,237    
75,775    
3,121,265    

518,358 
1,798,718 

2,317,076 
13,116 
25,058 
3,102 
15,805 
47,424 

2,421,581 

—      

—   

27,858    
280,525    
160,883    

(3,942)
(607)
464,717    

22,418 
134,288 
122,647 

(3,099)
(607)

275,647 
$  3,585,982   $  2,697,228 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  

INTEREST INCOME: 

Loans, including fees......................................................................... 
Securities: 

Taxable .................................................................................... 
Nontaxable............................................................................... 
70% nontaxable preferred dividends ....................................... 
Federal funds sold ............................................................................. 
Deposits in financial institutions ....................................................... 
Total interest income...................................................... 

INTEREST EXPENSE: 

Deposits............................................................................................. 
Junior subordinated debentures ......................................................... 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements .................................... 
Note payable and other borrowings................................................... 
Total interest expense..................................................... 
NET INTEREST INCOME ........................................................................ 
PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES........................................................ 
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES
............................................................................................................... 

NONINTEREST INCOME: 

Service charges on deposit accounts ................................................. 
(Loss) gain on sale of securities, net ................................................. 
Other.................................................................................................. 
Total noninterest income................................................ 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE: 

Salaries and employee benefits ......................................................... 
Net occupancy expense ..................................................................... 
Data processing ................................................................................. 
Core deposit intangibles amortization ............................................... 
Depreciation expense ........................................................................ 
Other.................................................................................................. 
Total noninterest expense............................................... 
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES...................................................... 
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES........................................................ 
NET INCOME............................................................................................ 
EARNINGS PER SHARE: 

Basic.................................................................................................. 
Diluted............................................................................................... 

    2005      

For the Years Ended 
December 31, 
    2004      
(Dollars in thousands, except 
per share data) 

    2003      

$ 

99,958   $ 

55,779  $ 

46,686 

59,066    
1,286    
514    
1,292    
7    
162,123    

43,643    
4,895    
768    
1,920    
51,226    
110,897    
480    

52,771 
1,461 
1,009 
556 
180 

111,756 

24,586 
4,046 
232 
925 

29,789 

81,967 
880 

40,507 
1,625 
1,779 
232 
16 

90,845 

22,633 
2,630 
134 
949 

26,346 

64,499 
483 

110,417    

81,087 

64,016 

24,985    
(79)
5,115    
30,021    

36,672    
6,663    
2,837    
3,912    
4,462    
14,411    
68,957    
71,481    
23,621    
47,860   $ 

20,215 
78 
2,778 

23,071 

27,861 
4,814 
2,036 
1,781 
2,843 
12,372 

51,707 

52,451 
17,744 

14,236 
—   
2,730 

16,966 

22,422 
4,492 
2,128 
818 
2,535 
9,626 

42,021 

38,961 
12,413 

34,707  $ 

26,548 

1.79   $ 
1.77   $ 

1.61  $ 

1.59  $ 

1.38 

1.36 

$ 

$ 

$ 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

63

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  

Common Stock  

Shares  

Amount  

Capital 
Surplus 

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive
Income (loss) 

Treasury
Stock 

Total 
Shareholders’
Equity 

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2003 .....................................................................................................................

Comprehensive income: 

  18,903,028  $  18,903  $ 

Net income ...................................................................................................................................
Net change in unrealized loss on available for sale securities ....................................................

Total comprehensive income ..........................................................................................

(Dollars in thousands, except share data) 
2,644 
60,312 

72,917 

$ 

$ 

26,548 

(620)

Sale of common stock in connection with the exercise of stock options.................................................
Refund of escrow shares in connection with the Paradigm acquisition...................................................
Common stock issued in connection with the Mainbancorp acquisition.................................................
Common stock issued in connection with the FSBNT acquisition..........................................................
Stock option compensation expense.........................................................................................................
Junior subordinated debentures issuance costs ........................................................................................
Cash dividends declared, $0.25 per share ................................................................................................

170,638 

171 

824 

1,499,966 
393,074 

1,500 
393 

33,149 
8,538 
25 
(254)

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2003 ................................................................................................................

Comprehensive income: 

  20,966,706 

20,967 

102,594 

Net income ...................................................................................................................................
Net change in unrealized loss on available for sale securities ....................................................

Total comprehensive income ..........................................................................................

Sale of common stock in connection with the exercise of stock options.................................................
Common stock issued in connection with the Liberty acquisition ..........................................................
Stock option compensation expense.........................................................................................................
Cash dividends declared, $0.31 per share ................................................................................................

206,231 
1,245,191 

206 
1,245 

840 
30,713 
141 

(4,855)

94,610 

34,707 

(6,670)

$ 

(37) $ 

(570)

2,024 

(607)

(5,123)

  22,418,128 

22,418 

134,288 

122,647 

(3,099)

(607)

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2004 ................................................................................................................

Comprehensive Income: 

Net income ...................................................................................................................................
Net change in unrealized loss on available for sale securities ....................................................
Add: Reclassification adjustment for net losses included in net income, net of tax benefit of 
$28 .........................................................................................................................................

Total comprehensive income ..........................................................................................

Sale of common stock in connection with the exercise of stock options.................................................
Common stock issued in connection with restricted stock awards ..........................................................
Common stock issued in connection with the First Capital acquisition ..................................................
Common stock issued in connection with the Grapeland acquisition......................................................
Stock option compensation expense.........................................................................................................
Cash dividends declared, $0.35 per share ................................................................................................
Other .........................................................................................................................................................

123,098 
4,917 
5,078,856 
232,888 

123 
5 
5,079 
233 

962 
127 
137,439 
6,894 
619 

196 

(894)

51 

47,860 

(9,624)

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2005 ................................................................................................................

  27,857,887  $  27,858  $  280,525 

$  160,883 

$ 

(3,942) $ 

(607) $ 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

64

154,739  
26,548  
(620)
25,928  
995  
(570)
34,649  
8,931  
25  
(254)
(4,855)
219,588  
34,707  
(5,123)
29,584  
1,046  
31,958  
141  
(6,670)
275,647  
47,860  
(894)

51  
47,017  
1,085  
132  
142,518  
7,127  
619  
(9,624)
196  
464,717  

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 

Net income.................................................................................................................................................. 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 
Depreciation and amortization....................................................................................................... 
Provision for credit losses.............................................................................................................. 
Net amortization of premium on investments ............................................................................... 
Gain on sale of premises, equipment and other real estate ........................................................... 
Gain on held for sale loans ............................................................................................................ 
Loss on sale of securities ............................................................................................................... 
Funding of held for sale loans ....................................................................................................... 
Proceeds from sale of held for sale loans ...................................................................................... 
Stock option compensation expense.............................................................................................. 
Restricted stock award ................................................................................................................... 
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable and other assets ............................................. 
(Decrease) increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities............................................ 
Net cash provided by operating activities......................................................................... 

$ 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 

Proceeds from maturities and principal paydowns of held to maturity securities ..................................... 
Purchase of held to maturity securities....................................................................................................... 
Proceeds from maturities and principal paydowns of available for sale securities ................................... 
Proceeds from the sales of available for sale securities ............................................................................. 
Purchase of available for sale securities..................................................................................................... 
Net decrease (increase) in loans ................................................................................................................. 
Purchase of bank premises and equipment................................................................................................. 
Proceeds from sale of bank premises, equipment and other real estate ..................................................... 
Purchase of First Capital Bankers, Inc ....................................................................................................... 
Cash and cash equivalents acquired in the purchase of First Capital Bankers, Inc. .................................. 
Purchase of Grapeland Bancshares, Inc. .................................................................................................... 
Cash and cash equivalents acquired in the purchase of Grapeland Bancshares, Inc. ................................ 
Purchase of Liberty Bancshares, Inc. and Village Bank & Trust, ssb ....................................................... 
Cash and cash equivalents acquired in the purchase of Liberty Bancshares, Inc. and Village Bank & Trust, 
ssb ......................................................................................................................................................... 
Purchase of Abrams Centre Bancshares, Dallas Bancshares, MainBancorp and FSBNT ........................ 
Cash and cash equivalents acquired in the purchase of Abrams Centre Bancshares, Dallas Bancshares, 
MainBancorp and FSBNT.................................................................................................................... 
Net (increase) decrease in interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions ............................................ 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities.......................................................... 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Net increase (decrease) in noninterest-bearing deposits ............................................................................ 
Net (decrease) increase in interest-bearing deposits .................................................................................. 
Proceeds (repayments) of other borrowings and securities sold under repurchase agreements (net) ....... 
Proceeds from issuance of junior subordinated debentures ....................................................................... 
Junior subordinated debentures issuance costs .......................................................................................... 
Redemption of junior subordinated debentures issued to Prosperity Capital Trust I (net)........................ 
Proceeds from stock option exercises......................................................................................................... 
Payments of cash dividends........................................................................................................................ 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ......................................................... 
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS......................................................... 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...................................................................... 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD .................................................................................... 
NONCASH ACTIVITIES: 
Stock issued in connection with the First Capital Bankers, Inc. acquisition .......................................................... 
Stock issued in connection with the Grapeland Bancshares, Inc. acquisition ........................................................ 
Stock issued in connection with the Liberty Bancshares, Inc. acquisition ............................................................. 
Stock issued in connection with the MainBancorp and FSBNT acquisitions ........................................................ 
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION: 
Income taxes paid .................................................................................................................................................... 
Interest paid ............................................................................................................................................................. 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

65

2005  

For the Years Ended 
December 31,  
2004  
(Dollars in thousands) 

2003  

47,860   $ 
8,374    
480    
2,781    
(72)
(173)

79    
(14,540)
14,717    
619    
132    
5,891    
(446)
65,702    

(224,203)

263,966    
(254,476)
81,916    
—      
2,279    
(1,745)
2,428    
(2,182)
58,972    
(163)
4,525    
—      
—      
—      
—      
(1)

34,707 

$ 

26,548 

5,122 
880 
4,869 
(389)
—   
—   
—   
—   
141 
—   
(4,056)
7,649 

3,353 
483 
9,707 
(378)
—   
—   
—   
—   
25 
—   
4,871 
(3,995)

48,923 

40,614 

257,501 
(270,855)
67,201 
20,000 
(299)
(68,254)
(895)
3,297 
—   
—   
—   
—   
(28,282)

62,719 
—   

—   
762 

505,733 
(973,480)
144,821 
—   
(11,951)
38,001 
(3,485)
3,243 
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—   
(45,665)

158,902 
399 

(68,684)

42,895 

(183,482)

$ 

(122,734)

60,252   $ 
33,457    
—      
—      
—      
1,085    
(9,624)

(9,892) $ 
(14,727)
4,622 
—   
—   
(12,000)
1,046 
(6,670)

(37,564)

(37,621)

23,579 
125,657 
(24,340)
25,000 
(254)
—   
995 
(4,855)

145,782 

2,914 
80,799 

$ 

$ 

(40,546) $ 
137,910    
97,364   $ 

54,197 
83,713 

$ 

137,910 

$ 

83,713 

142,518    
7,127    
—      
—      

—   
—   
31,958 
—   

—   
—   
—   
43,580 

$ 

$ 

21,350   $ 
47,782   $ 

19,464 

29,368 

$ 

$ 

14,397 

26,215 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING 

POLICIES  

Nature of Operations—Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.® (“Bancshares”) and its subsidiaries, Prosperity Holdings of 

Delaware, LLC (“Holdings”) and Prosperity Bank® (the “Bank”, and together with Bancshares and Holdings, collectively 
referred to as the “Company”) provide retail and commercial banking services.  

The Bank operates eighty-five (85) full-service banking locations in the state of Texas; with thirty-three (33) in the 

Greater Houston Consolidated Metropolitan Statistical Area (“CMSA”), seventeen (17) in fifteen contiguous counties 
situated south and southwest of Houston and extending into South Texas, eleven (11) in the Dallas area, six (6) in the Austin 
area, sixteen (16) in the Corpus Christi area and two (2) in the East Texas area with locations in:  

Austin Area- 
Allandale 
Congress 
Lakeway 
Oak Hill 
Research Blvd. 
Riverside 

Dallas Area- 
Abrams Centre 
Blooming Grove 
Camp Wisdom 
Cedar Hill 
Corsicana 
Ennis 
Kiest 
Preston Road 
Red Oak 
Turtle Creek 
Westmoreland 

Corpus Christi 
Area- 
Airline 
Alameda 
Alice 
Aransas Pass 
Carmel 
Everhart 
Kingsville 
Mathis 
Northwest 
Port Aransas 
Portland 
Rockport 
Saratoga 
Sinton 
Waterstreet 
Woodlawn 

East Texas Area- 
Crockett 
Grapeland 

Houston Area- 
Aldine 
Angleton 
Bellaire 
City West 
Clear Lake 
Cleveland 
Copperfield 
Cypress 
Dayton 
Downtown 
Fairfield 
Galveston 
Gladebrook 
Heights 
Highway 6 
Hitchcock 
Holcombe 
Liberty 
Magnolia 
Medical Center 
Memorial 
Midtown 
Mont Belvieu 
Needville 
Post Oak 
River Oaks 
Sweeny 

Tanglewood 
Waugh Drive 
West Columbia 
Westheimer 
Winnie 
Woodcreek 

South Texas Area- 
Bay City 
Beeville 
Cuero 
East Bernard 
Edna 
El Campo 
Goliad 
Gonzales 
Hallettsville 
Palacios 
Port Lavaca 
Seguin 
Victoria 
Victoria-North 
Wharton 
Yoakum 
Yorktown 

Principles of Consolidation—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bancshares and its wholly 

owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounting and 
reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America 
(“GAAP”) and the prevailing practices within the banking industry. A summary of significant accounting and reporting 
policies is as follows:  

Use of Estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and 
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting 
period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.  

Securities—Securities held to maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and the accretion 
of discounts. Management has the positive intent and the Company has the ability to hold these assets as long-term securities 
until their estimated maturities.  

Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and 

reported, net of tax, as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized. Securities within the available for sale 

66

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
portfolio may be used as part of the Company’s asset/liability strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest risk, 
prepayment risk or other similar economic factors.  

Declines in the fair value of individual held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are other 
than temporary would result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. The related write-downs would be 
included in earnings as realized losses.  

Premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted to operations using the level-yield method of accounting, adjusted 

for prepayments as applicable. The specific identification method of accounting is used to compute gains or losses on the 
sales of these assets. Interest earned on these assets is included in interest income.  

Loans Held for Investment—Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned discount and fees. 

Unearned discount relates principally to consumer installment loans. The related interest income for multipayment loans is 
recognized principally by the “sum of the digits” method which records interest in proportion to the declining outstanding 
balances of the loans; for single payment loans, such income is recognized using the straight-line method.  

Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Lending Activities—Loan origination fees in excess of the 
associated costs are recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield using the interest method.  

Generally, loan commitment fees are deferred, except for certain retrospectively determined fees, and recognized as an 
adjustment of yield by the interest method over the related loan life or, if the commitment expires unexercised, recognized in 
income upon expiration of the commitment.  

Nonperforming and Past Due Loans—Included in the nonperforming loan category are loans which have been 
categorized by management as nonaccrual because collection of interest is doubtful and loans which have been restructured 
to provide a reduction in the interest rate or a deferral of interest or principal payments. When the payment of principal or 
interest on a loan is delinquent for 90 days, or earlier in some cases, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status unless the loan is 
in the process of collection and the underlying collateral fully supports the carrying value of the loan. If the decision is made 
to continue accruing interest on the loan, periodic reviews are made to confirm the accruing status of the loan. When a loan is 
placed on nonaccrual status, interest accrued during the current year prior to the judgment of uncollectibility is charged to 
operations. Interest accrued during prior periods is charged to allowance for credit losses. Generally, any payments received 
on nonaccrual loans are applied first to outstanding loan amounts and next to the recovery of charged-off loan amounts. Any 
excess is treated as recovery of lost interest.  

Restructured loans are those loans on which concessions in terms have been granted because of a borrower’s financial 

difficulty. Interest is generally accrued on such loans in accordance with the new terms.  

Allowance for Credit Losses—The allowance for credit losses is a valuation allowance available for losses incurred 
on loans. All losses are charged to the allowance when the loss actually occurs or when a determination is made that such a 
loss is probable. Recoveries are credited to the allowance at the time of recovery.  

Throughout the year, management estimates the probable level of losses to determine whether the allowance for credit 

losses is adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Based on these estimates, an amount is charged to the 
provision for credit losses and credited to the allowance for credit losses in order to adjust the allowance to a level determined 
to be adequate to absorb losses.  

In making its evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses, management considers factors such as 

historical loan loss experience, industry diversification of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio, the amount of 
nonperforming assets and related collateral, the volume, growth and composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, current 
economic changes that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the Company’s 
loan portfolio through its internal loan review process and other relevant factors.  

Estimates of credit losses involve an exercise of judgment. While it is possible that in the short term the Company may 

sustain losses which are substantial in relation to the allowance for credit losses, it is the judgment of management that the 
allowance for credit losses reflected in the consolidated balance sheets is adequate to absorb probable losses that exist in the 
current loan portfolio.  

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, as 
amended by SFAS No. 118, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan—Income Recognition and Disclosure applies 
to all impaired loans, with the exception of groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for 
impairment. A loan is defined as impaired by SFAS No. 114 if, based on current information and events, it is probable that a 
creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due, both interest and principal, according to the contractual terms of the loan 

67

 
agreement. Specifically, SFAS No. 114 requires that the allowance for credit losses related to impaired loans be determined 
based on the difference of carrying value of loans and the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s 
effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the 
loan is collateral dependent. At December 31, 2005, the Company had $355,000 in nonaccrual loans, $788,000 in 90 days or 
more past due loans and no restructured loans. At December 31, 2004, the Company had $297,000 in nonaccrual loans, $1.1 
million in 90 days or more past due loans and no restructured loans.  

Interest revenue received on impaired loans is either applied against principal or realized as interest revenue, according 

to management’s judgment as to the collectibility of principal.  

Premises and Equipment—Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation 

expense is computed principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from 
three to 30 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the periods of the leases or the 
estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter.  

Goodwill—Goodwill is annually assessed for impairment or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 

carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The Company bases its evaluation on such impairment factors as the 
nature of the assets, the future economic benefit of the assets, any historical or future profitability measurements, as well as 
other external market conditions or factors that may be present.  

Amortization of Core Deposit Intangibles—Core deposit intangibles are amortized using an accelerated amortization 

method over an 8 year period.  

Income Taxes—Bancshares files a consolidated federal income tax return. The Bank computes federal income taxes as 

if it filed a separate return and remits to, or is reimbursed by, Bancshares based on the portion of taxes currently due or 
refundable.  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated tax consequences attributable to differences between 

the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  

Stock-Based Compensation—As of December 31, 2005, the Company had three stock-based employee compensation 
plans. Prior to 2003, the Company accounted for awards granted under stock-based compensation plans under the recognition 
and measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related Interpretations. 
No stock-based employee compensation cost was reflected in previously reported results, as all options granted under those 
plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. In December 
2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 148 (SFAS 148). Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and 
Disclosure, an amendment to FASB Statement No. 123. SFAS 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary 
change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 148 was effective for 
financial statements for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted the 
fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, as provided by 
SFAS No. 148 for stock-based employee compensation (see Note 14).  

Cash and Cash Equivalents—For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due 

from banks as well as federal funds sold that mature in three days or less.  

Reclassifications—Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to current year 

presentation. All reclassifications have been applied consistently for the periods presented. During 2005, the Company 
elected to reclassify brokered mortgage income from other noninterest income to a separate category and reclassify net gains 
on held for sale loans from net gains on sales of assets to a separate category. These reclassifications had no impact on 
financial condition, net income or equity in any of the reported periods.  

Earnings Per Share—SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share, requires presentation of basic and diluted earnings per 
share. Basic earnings per share has been computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted 
average number of common shares outstanding for the reporting period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential 
dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common 
stock. Net income per common share for all periods presented has been calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 128. 
Outstanding stock options issued by the Company represent the only dilutive effect reflected in diluted weighted average 
shares.  

68

 
  
  
The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:  

2005  

December 31,  
2004  

Amount  

Per 
Share 
Amount  

Amount  

Per 
Share 
Amount  

Net income..................................... $ 
Basic: 

47,860 

Weighted average shares 

(In thousands, except per share data) 
$ 

34,707 

$ 

2003  

Amount  

26,548 

Per 
Share 
Amount  

outstanding ......................

26,706  $ 

1.79 

21,534  $ 

1.61 

19,225  $ 

1.38 

Diluted: 

Weighted average shares 

outstanding ......................

26,706 

Effect of dilutive 

securities— options .........

318 

21,534 

270 

19,225 

311 

Total .....................................

27,024  $ 

1.77 

21,804  $ 

1.59 

19,536  $ 

1.36 

The incremental shares for the assumed exercise of the outstanding options were determined by application of the 

treasury stock method. There were no stock options exercisable at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 that would have had 
an anti-dilutive effect on the above computation.  

New Accounting Standards—  

Statements of Financial Accounting Standards  

SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a Replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB 

Statement No. 3. SFAS 154 establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a 
change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to a newly adopted accounting 
principle. Previously, most changes in accounting principle were recognized by including the cumulative effect of changing 
to the new accounting principle in net income of the period of the change. Under SFAS 154, retrospective application 
requires (i) the cumulative effect of the change to the new accounting principle on periods prior to those presented to be 
reflected in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of the first period presented, (ii) an offsetting 
adjustment, if any, to be made to the opening balance of retained earnings (or other appropriate components of equity) for 
that period, and (iii) financial statements for each individual prior period presented to be adjusted to reflect the direct period-
specific effects of applying the new accounting principle. Special retroactive application rules apply in situations where it is 
impracticable to determine either the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change. Indirect effects of a 
change in accounting principle are required to be reported in the period in which the accounting change is made. SFAS 154 
carries forward the guidance in APB Opinion 20, Accounting Changes, requiring justification of a change in accounting 
principle on the basis of preferability. SFAS 154 also carries forward without change the guidance contained in APB 
Opinion 20, for reporting the correction of an error in previously issued financial statements and for a change in an 
accounting estimate. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning 
after December 15, 2005. The Company does not expect SFAS 154 will significantly impact its financial statements upon its 
adoption on January 1, 2006.  

SFAS No. 123, Share-Based Payment (Revised 2004). SFAS 123R establishes standards for the accounting for 
transactions in which an entity (i) exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services, or (ii) incurs liabilities in exchange 
for goods or services that are based on the fair value of the entity’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance 
of the equity instruments. SFAS 123R eliminates the ability to account for stock-based compensation using APB 25 and 
requires that such transactions be recognized as compensation cost in the income statement based on their fair values on the 
date of the grant. SFAS 123R is mandatory for all entities on January 1, 2006. The Company does not expect SFAS 123R 
will significantly impact its financial statements upon its adoption on January 1, 2006.  

69

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Positions  

FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. 115-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to 
Certain Investments. FSP 115-1 provides guidance for determining when an investment is considered impaired, whether 
impairment is other-than-temporary, and measurement of an impairment loss. An investment is considered impaired if the 
fair value of the investment is less than its cost. If, after consideration of all available evidence to evaluate the realizable 
value of its investment, impairment is determined to be other-than-temporary, then an impairment loss should be recognized 
equal to the difference between the investment’s cost and its fair value. FSP 115-1 nullifies certain provisions of Emerging 
Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain 
Investments, while retaining the disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1 which were adopted in 2003. FSP 115-1 is effective 
for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not expect FSP 115-1 will significantly impact 
its financial statements upon its adoption on January 1, 2006.  

American Institute of Certified Public Accounting Statements of Position  

SOP No. 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer. SOP 03-3 addresses 

accounting for differences between the contractual cash flows of certain loans and debt securities and the cash flows expected 
to be collected when loans or debt securities are acquired in a transfer and those cash flow differences are attributable, at least 
in part, to credit quality. As such, SOP 03-3 applies to loans and debt securities acquired individually, in pools or as part of a 
business combination and does not apply to originated loans. The application of SOP 03-3 limits the interest income, 
including accretion of purchase price discounts, that may be recognized for certain loans and debt securities. Additionally, 
SOP 03-3 does not allow the excess of contractual cash flows over cash flows expected to be collected to be recognized as an 
adjustment of yield, loss accrual or valuation allowance, such as the allowance for possible loan losses. SOP 03-3 requires 
that increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the initial investment be recognized prospectively through adjustment of 
the yield on the loan or debt security over its remaining life. Decreases in expected cash flows should be recognized as 
impairment. In the case of loans acquired in a business combination where the loans show signs of credit deterioration, 
SOP 03-3 represents a significant change from current purchase accounting practice whereby the acquiree’s allowance for 
loan losses is typically added to the acquirer’s allowance for loan losses. SOP 03-3 is effective for loans and debt securities 
acquired by the Company beginning January 1, 2005. The Company evaluates the impact of SOP 03-03 on all of its 
acquisitions. The adoption of SOP 03-03 on January 1, 2005 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial 
statements.  

2. ACQUISITIONS  

Acquisitions are an integral part of the Company’s growth strategy. All acquisitions were accounted for using the 
purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entities were recorded at their fair 
values at the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets for each 
acquisition was recorded as goodwill, none of which was deductible for tax purposes. The results of operations for each 
acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on the respective acquisition date. 
The following acquisitions were completed on the dates indicated:  

On December 1, 2005, the Company completed its acquisition of Grapeland Bancshares, Inc. (“Grapeland”), 
Grapeland, Texas. Under the terms of the agreement, Grapeland merged into the Company and subsequently, Grapeland’s 
wholly owned subsidiary, First State Bank of Grapeland, merged into the Bank. The Company issued 232,888 shares of its 
Common Stock for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Grapeland. Grapeland was privately held and operated 
two (2) banking offices in Grapeland and Crockett, Texas, both of which became full service banking centers of the 
Company. As of September 30, 2005, Grapeland had, on a consolidated basis, total assets of $72.2 million, loans of $43.7 
million, deposits of $46.6 million and shareholders’ equity of $3.8 million.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded a premium of $5.4 million, of which $1.5 million was 

identified as core deposit intangibles. The remaining $3.9 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill. The core deposit 
intangibles are being amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

On March 1, 2005, the Company completed its acquisition of First Capital Bankers, Inc. (“First Capital”), Corpus 

Christi, Texas. Under the terms of the agreement, First Capital was merged into the Company and subsequently, First 
Capital’s wholly owned subsidiary, FirstCapital Bank, s.s.b., was merged into the Bank. The Company issued approximately 
5.079 million shares of its Common Stock for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of First Capital and converted all 
outstanding options to acquire First Capital common stock into options to acquire approximately 234,000 shares of Company 
common stock. First Capital was privately held and operated thirty-two (32) banking offices in and around Corpus Christi, 
Houston and Victoria, Texas, five of which were closed and consolidated with existing banking centers of the Company. As 

70

 
of December 31, 2004, First Capital had, on a consolidated basis, total assets of $761.6 million, loans of $499.0 million, 
deposits of $629.6 million and shareholders’ equity of $61.7 million.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded a premium of $116.6 million, of which $13.4 million was 
identified as core deposit intangibles. The remaining $103.2 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill. The core 
deposit intangibles are being amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

The table below summarizes select pro forma data for the combined company for the periods indicated assuming the 

First Capital merger was effective on January 1st of the indicated periods. The information in the table below also gives 
effect to the Company’s acquisition of Grapeland as of December 1, 2005.  

Net interest income ...................................................... 
Net income................................................................... 
Earnings per share (diluted)......................................... 
Weighted average diluted shares ................................. 

$ 
$ 
$ 

For the twelve months ended December 31,  

2005  

2004  

(Dollars in thousands) 
(unaudited) 
$ 
$ 
$ 

114,694  
49,166  
1.77  
27,854  

106,468  
41,765  
1.57  
26,613  

The pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of what actually would have occurred if the merger had occurred 

on January 1 of each indicated period, or of any future consolidated results.  

On August 1, 2004, the Company completed its acquisition of Village Bank and Trust, s.s.b. (“Village”), Austin, 
Texas. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid approximately $19.1 million in cash for all of the outstanding 
shares of capital stock of Village. Village was privately held and operated one (1) banking office in the Lakeway area of 
Austin, Texas. As of June 30, 2004, Village had total assets of $110.9 million, loans of $79.7 million, deposits of $97.3 
million and shareholders’ equity of $10.4 million.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded a premium of $12.2 million, of which $331,000 was identified 

as core deposit intangibles. The remaining $11.9 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill. The core deposit 
intangibles are being amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

On August 1, 2004, the Company completed its acquisition of Liberty Bancshares, Inc. (“Liberty”), Austin, Texas, 

pursuant to which Liberty merged into the Company and subsequently, its wholly owned subsidiary, Liberty Bank, S.S.B., 
merged into the Bank. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid approximately $8.9 million in cash and issued 
approximately 1.3 million shares of its Common Stock for all outstanding shares of capital stock of Liberty and Liberty Bank 
and all outstanding stock options of Liberty Bank. Liberty was privately held and operated six (6) banking offices in Austin, 
Texas, one of which was closed and consolidated with an existing banking center of the Company in September 2005. As of 
June 30, 2004, Liberty had, on a consolidated basis, total assets of $178.7 million, loans of $120.3 million, deposits of $158.9 
million and shareholders’ equity of $16.5 million.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded a premium of $28.8 million of which $3.8 million was 

identified as core deposit intangibles. The remaining $25.0 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill. The core 
deposit intangibles are being amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

On December 9, 2003, the Company completed the merger of First State Bank of North Texas, Dallas, Texas 
(“FSBNT”) into the Bank. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid approximately $12.6 million in cash and 
issued approximately 393,074 shares of its Common Stock for all outstanding shares of capital stock of FSBNT. FSBNT was 
privately held and operated four (4) banking offices in Dallas, Texas. One banking center was closed and consolidated with 
an existing banking center located nearby. As of September 30, 2003, First State had total assets of $100.7 million, loans of 
$20.1 million, deposits of $91.4 million and shareholders’ equity of $8.8 million.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded a premium of $14.0 million of which $1.9 million was 

identified as core deposit intangibles. The remaining $12.1 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill. The core 
deposit intangibles are being amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

On November 1, 2003, the Company completed the merger of MainBancorp, Inc., Dallas Texas (“MainBancorp”), into 
the Company. In connection with the transaction, MainBancorp’s wholly owned subsidiary, mainbank, n.a., was merged into 
the Bank. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company issued approximately 1.5 million shares of its Common Stock and 
paid approximately $9.1 million in cash for all outstanding shares of capital stock of MainBancorp. In addition, the Company 
assumed options to acquire 100,851 shares of its Common Stock. MainBancorp was privately held and operated four 

71

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
(4) banking offices in Dallas, Texas. As of September 30, 2003, MainBancorp had, on a consolidated basis, total assets of 
$177.1 million, loans of $90.8 million, deposits of $153.7 million and shareholders’ equity of $22.6 million.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded a premium of $30.7 million of which $3.0 million was 

identified as core deposit intangibles. The remaining $27.7 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill. The core 
deposit intangibles are being amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

On June 1, 2003, the Company completed the merger of Dallas Bancshares, Inc., Dallas, Texas (“Dallas Bancshares”), 
into the Company. In connection with the transaction, Dallas Bancshares’ wholly owned subsidiary, BankDallas, was merged 
into the Bank. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid approximately $7.0 million in cash for all outstanding 
shares of capital stock of Dallas Bancshares. Dallas Bancshares operated one (1) banking office in Dallas, Texas. As of 
March 31, 2003, Dallas Bancshares had on a consolidated basis, total assets of $42.0 million, loans of 28.3 million, deposits 
of $37.6 million and shareholders’ equity of $4.3 million.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded a premium of $3.0 million of which $45,000 was identified as 
core deposit intangibles. The remaining $3.0 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill. The core deposit intangibles 
are being amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

On May 6, 2003, the Company completed the merger of Abrams Centre Bancshares, Inc., Dallas, Texas (“Abrams”), 

into the Company. In connection with the acquisition, Abrams’ wholly owned subsidiary, Abrams Centre National Bank, was 
merged into the Bank. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid approximately $16.3 million in cash for all 
outstanding shares of capital stock of Abrams. Abrams operated two (2) banking offices in Dallas, Texas. One banking center 
was closed and consolidated with an existing banking center located nearby. As of March 31, 2003, Abrams, on a 
consolidated basis, had total assets of $96.5 million, loans of $31.7 million, deposits of $70.8 million and shareholders’ 
equity of $14.0 million.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded premium of $7.3 million of which $430,000 was identified as 
core deposit intangibles. The remaining $6.9 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill. The core deposit intangibles 
are being amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

72

 
  
3. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS  

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill and core deposit intangibles for fiscal 2005 and 2004 were 

as follows:  

Goodwill  

Core Deposit 
Intangibles 

(Dollars in thousands) 

118,012   $ 

Balance as of December 31, 2003.................................................................  
Less: 

Amortization .......................................................................................  

Add: 

Acquisition of Liberty Bancshares ......................................................  
Acquisition of Village Bank & Trust, ssb ...........................................  
Acquisition of MainBancorp ...............................................................  
Acquisition of FSBNT ........................................................................  

Purchase accounting adjustments to prior year acquisitions (deferred tax 

adjustments): 

Acquisition of FSBNT ........................................................................  
Acquisition of MainBancorp ...............................................................  
Acquisition of Texas Guaranty Bank ..................................................  
Acquisition of First State Bank of Needville ......................................  
Acquisition of Paradigm Bancorporation............................................  
Acquisition of Abrams Centre.............................................................  
Acquisition of Dallas Bancshares........................................................  
Acquisition of Southwest Bank Holding Company ............................  
Balance as of December 31, 2004..............................................  

$ 

$ 

—      

23,803    
11,851    
(203)
(2,266)

404    
748    
(9)
(6)
(127)
153    
24    
796    
153,180   $ 

6,743 

(1,781)

3,797 
331 
300 
2,102 

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

11,492 

Less: 

Add: 

Amortization .......................................................................................  

Acquisition of Grapeland Bancshares .................................................  
Acquisition of First Capital Bankers, Inc. ...........................................  
Acquisition of Liberty Bancshares ......................................................  
Acquisition of Village Bank & Trust, ssb ...........................................  

Purchase accounting adjustments to prior year acquisitions (deferred tax 

adjustments) .............................................................................................  
Balance as of December 31, 2005..............................................  

—      

(3,912)

3,923    
103,184    
1,160    
9    

508    
261,964   $ 

$ 

1,488 
13,393 
—   
—   

—   

22,461 

Gross core deposit intangibles outstanding were $29.2 million at December 31, 2005 and $14.3 million at 

December 31, 2004. Purchase accounting adjustments to prior year acquisitions were made to adjust deferred tax asset and 
liability balances. Goodwill is recorded on the acquisition date of each entity. The Company may record subsequent 
adjustments to goodwill for amounts undeterminable at acquisition date, such as deferred taxes, and therefore the goodwill 
amounts reflected in the table above may change accordingly.  

Core deposit intangibles are amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated lives which is 8 years. Amortization 

expense related to intangible assets totaled $3.9 million in 2005, $1.8 million in 2004 and $818,000 in 2003. The estimated 
aggregate future amortization expense for intangible assets remaining as of December 31, 2005 is as follows (dollars in 
thousands):  

2006 .........................................................................................  
2007 .........................................................................................  
2008 .........................................................................................  
2009 .........................................................................................  
2010 .........................................................................................  
Thereafter.................................................................................  
Total ...............................................................................  

$ 

$ 

4,231  
3,940  
3,648  
3,357  
2,964  
4,321  
22,461  

73

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
4. CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS  

The Bank is required by the Federal Reserve Bank to maintain average reserve balances. “Cash and due from banks” in 

the consolidated balance sheets includes amounts so restricted of $34.5 million and $20.9 million at December 31, 2005 and 
2004, respectively.  

5. SECURITIES  

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities are as follows:  

Available for Sale 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 
government agencies.......................................
70% non-taxable preferred stock .........................
States and political subdivisions ..........................
Collateralized mortgage obligations ....................
Mortgage-backed securities. ................................
Qualified Zone Academy Bond ...........................
Other securities ....................................................

Amortized 
Cost  

Gross 
Unrealized
Gains  

December 31, 2005  

Gross 
Unrealized
Losses  
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
Value  

Carrying 
Value  

$ 

231,399  $ 
24,000 
14,102 
8,096 
130,014 
8,000 
814 

430 $ 
—  
1,005  
45  
277  
—  
—  

1,752  $ 
5,334 
—   
34 
701 
—   
—   

230,077  $ 
18,666 
15,107 
8,107 
129,590 
8,000 
814 

230,077 
18,666 
15,107 
8,107 
129,590 
8,000 
814 

Total ...........................................................

$ 

416,425  $ 

1,757 $ 

7,821  $ 

410,361  $ 

410,361 

Held to Maturity 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 
government agencies.......................................
States and political subdivisions ..........................
Corporate debt securities .....................................
Collateralized mortgage obligations ....................
Mortgage-backed securities .................................

$ 

64,950  $ 
17,148 
8,550 
214,519 
857,074 

409 $ 
173  
108  
313  
721  

564  $ 
31 
3 
5,805 
21,868 

64,795  $ 
17,290 
8,655 
209,027 
835,927 

64,950 
17,148 
8,550 
214,519 
857,074 

Total ...........................................................

$  1,162,241  $ 

1,724 $ 

28,271  $  1,135,694  $  1,162,241 

Available for Sale 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 
government agencies.......................................
70% non-taxable preferred stock .........................
States and political subdivisions ..........................
Collateralized mortgage obligations ....................
Mortgage-backed securities. ................................
Qualified Zone Academy Bond ...........................
Equity securities...................................................

Amortized 
Cost  

Gross 
Unrealized
Gains  

December 31, 2004  

Gross 
Unrealized
Losses  
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
Value  

Carrying 
Value  

$ 

10,579  $ 
24,000 
14,382 
13,143 
112,050 
8,000 
296 

2 $ 

69  $ 

—  
1,366  
76  
545  
—  
—  

6,150 
—   
35 
502 
—   
—   

10,512  $ 
17,850 
15,748 
13,184 
112,093 
8,000 
296 

10,512 
17,850 
15,748 
13,184 
112,093 
8,000 
296 

Total ...........................................................

$ 

182,450  $ 

1,989 $ 

6,756  $ 

177,683  $ 

177,683 

Held to Maturity 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 
government agencies.......................................
States and political subdivisions ..........................
Corporate debt securities .....................................
Collateralized mortgage obligations ....................
Mortgage-backed securities .................................

$ 

20,147  $ 
23,317 
10,491 
225,851 
845,303 

661 $ 
510  
301  
97  
3,559  

6  $ 

15 
—   
802 
4,914 

20,802  $ 
23,812 
10,792 
225,146 
843,948 

20,147 
23,317 
10,491 
225,851 
845,303 

Total ...........................................................

$  1,125,109  $ 

5,128 $ 

5,737  $  1,124,500  $  1,125,109 

74

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers, among other things, (i) the length of 

time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the 
issuer and (iii) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to 
allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.  

Management has the ability and intent to hold its securities until they mature, at which time the Company will receive 

full value for the securities. The unrealized losses are largely due to increases in market interest rates over the yields available 
at the time the underlying securities were purchased. The fair value is expected to recover as the investments approach their 
maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for such investments decline. Management does not believe any of the 
securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2005 are impaired due to reasons of credit quality. Accordingly, as 
of December 31, 2005, management believes the impairments detailed in the table above are temporary and no impairment 
loss has been realized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.  

Securities with unrealized losses segregated by length of time such securities have been in a continuous loss position at 

December 31, 2005 were as follows:  

Less than 12 Months  

Estimated 
Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

More than 12 Months  

Estimated 
Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total  

Estimated 
Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

Available for Sale 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations 

of U.S. government agencies ............... $  177,152  $ 

70% non-taxable preferred stock ..............
Collateralized mortgage obligations .........
Mortgage-backed securities ......................

—   
—   
60,284 

1,691 $ 
—  
—  
460  

5,515  $ 

61  $  182,667 $ 

18,666 
2,592 
32,746 

5,334 
34 
241 

18,666  
2,592  
93,030  

Total ................................................ $  237,436  $ 

2,151 $ 

59,519  $ 

5,670  $  296,955 $ 

1,752 
5,334 
34 
701 

7,821 

Held to Maturity 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations 

of U.S. government agencies ............... $ 

States and political subdivisions ...............
Corporate debt securities ..........................
Collateralized mortgage obligations .........
Mortgage-backed securities ......................

24,933  $ 
4,298 
—   
53,384 
343,533 

564 $ 
18  
—  
1,167  
6,767  

—    $ 

1,530 
1,503 
134,739 
414,563 

—    $ 
13 
3 
4,638 
15,101 

24,933 $ 
5,828  
1,503  
188,123  
758,096  

564 
31 
3 
5,805 
21,868 

Total ................................................ $  426,418  $ 

8,516 $  552,335  $ 

19,755  $  978,483 $ 

28,271 

At December 31, 2005, there were approximately 185 securities in an unrealized loss position for more than 12 months.  

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2005, by contractual maturity, are shown 

below. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay 
obligations at any time with or without call or prepayment penalties.  

December 31, 2005  

Held to Maturity  

Amortized 
Cost 

$ 

14,242  $ 
71,027 
5,379 
—   

Fair 
Value 
(Dollars in thousands) 
14,275  $ 
70,964 
5,501 
—   

Available for Sale  
Fair 
Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

5,876 $ 
226,503  
13,026  
32,910  

5,825 
225,232 
13,331 
28,276 

90,648 

90,740 

278,315  

272,664 

1,071,593 

1,044,954 

138,110  

137,697 

$  1,162,241  $  1,135,694  $  416,425 $  410,361 

Due in one year or less............................................................... 
Due after one year through five years........................................ 
Due after five years through ten years ....................................... 
Due after ten years ..................................................................... 
Subtotal...................................................................................... 
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage 

obligations............................................................................. 
Total ................................................................................. 

75

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Gross proceeds from the sale of securities classified as available for sale was approximately $3.2 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2005 and resulted in a loss of $79,000 for the same period. Gross proceeds from the sale of securities 
classified as available for sale was approximately $20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 and resulted in a gain 
of $78,000 for the same period.  

The Company does not own securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. government and its agencies) for which 

aggregate adjusted cost exceeds 10% of the consolidated shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2005 and 2004.  

Securities with an amortized cost of $842.3 million and $790.2 million and a fair value of $823.3 million and $789.6 
million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, were pledged to collateralize public deposits and for other purposes 
required or permitted by law.  

6. LOANS  

The loan portfolio consists of various types of loans made principally to borrowers located in South and Southeast 

Texas, the Houston CMSA, Austin, Corpus Christi and Dallas and is classified by major type as follows:  

December 31,  

2005  

2004  

Commercial and industrial........................................................... 
Real estate: 

Construction and land development ................................... 
1-4 family residential ......................................................... 
Home equity ....................................................................... 
Commercial mortgages ...................................................... 
Farmland ............................................................................ 
Multi-family residential...................................................... 
Agriculture................................................................................... 
Consumer..................................................................................... 
Other ............................................................................................ 
Total ................................................................................... 
Less unearned discount................................................................ 
Total ................................................................................... 

(Dollars in thousands) 

$ 

222,773   $ 

206,653  
313,184  
58,729  
566,356  
30,920  
32,039  
25,429  
65,185  
20,859  
1,542,127  
2  

$ 

1,542,125   $ 

144,432 

109,591 
260,453 
34,453 
369,151 
22,240 
18,187 
21,906 
52,887 
2,246 

1,035,546 
33 

1,035,513 

The Company had $1.4 million in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2005 compared with $1.7 million at 

December 31, 2004. Interest foregone on nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was 
$35,000, $54,000 and $38,000, respectively.  

The contractual maturity ranges of the commercial and industrial and construction and land development portfolios and 

the amount of such loans with predetermined interest rates and floating rates in each maturity range are summarized in the 
following table:  

December 31, 2005  

One Year 
or Less 

After One 
Through 
Five Years 

After Five 
Years 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total  

$ 

57,522 

39,292    

98,823  $  101,891   $  22,059  $  222,773 
206,653 
109,839 
$  208,662  $  141,183   $  79,581  $  429,426 
52,713   $  24,154  $  119,856 
88,470    
309,570 
55,427 
$  208,662  $  141,183   $  79,581  $  429,426 

42,989  $ 

165,673 

$ 

Commercial and industrial...............................................................  
Construction and land development.................................................  
Total .......................................................................................  
Loans with a predetermined interest rate. ........................................  
Loans with a floating interest rate....................................................  
Total .......................................................................................  

76

 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, loans outstanding to directors, officers and their affiliates totaled $7.6 million and 
$7.3 million, respectively. In the opinion of management, all transactions entered into between the Company and such related 
parties have been, and are, in the ordinary course of business, made on the same terms and conditions as similar transactions 
with unaffiliated persons.  

An analysis of activity with respect to these related-party loans is as follows:  

Year Ended December 31,  

      2005        

      2004        

Beginning balance ..........................................................................................  
New loans and reclassified related loans ........................................................  
Repayments ....................................................................................................  
Ending balance................................................................................................  

$ 

$ 

7. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES  

An analysis of activity in the allowance for credit losses is as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands) 
7,346   $ 
4,045  
(3,771) 
7,620   $ 

5,589 
4,217 
(2,460)

7,346 

Balance at beginning of year. ............................................................  

$ 

Balance acquired in the First Capital and Grapeland acquisitions 
Balance acquired in the Liberty and Village acquisitions ........  
Balance acquired in the Abrams, Dallas Bancshares, MainBancorp 
and FSBNT acquisitions......................................................  
Addition—provision charged to operations .............................  
(Charge-offs) and recoveries: 

Loans charged off ...........................................................  
Loan recoveries...............................................................  
Net charge-offs.........................................................................  
Balance at end of year........................................................................  

8. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:  

2005  

Year Ended December 31,  
2004  
(Dollars in thousands) 
10,345   $ 
—      
2,365    

13,105  $ 
4,028 
—   

2003  

9,580 
—   
—   

1,900 
483 

—   
480 

(892)
482 

(410)

$ 

17,203  $ 

—      
880    

(950)
465    
(485)
13,105   $ 

(2,241)
623 

(1,618)

10,345 

Land .................................................................................................... 
Buildings............................................................................................. 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment....................................................... 
Construction in progress ..................................................................... 
Total .......................................................................................... 
Less accumulated depreciation ........................................................... 
Premises and equipment, net..................................................... 

$ 

$ 

Year Ended 
December 31,  

2004  

2005  
(Dollars in thousands) 
12,969   $ 
39,110  
13,993  
740  
66,812  
(17,568) 
49,244   $ 

8,636 
30,236 
10,739 
74 

49,685 
(13,892)

35,793 

Depreciation expense was $4.5 million, $2.8 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 

and 2003 respectively.  

77

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
9. DEPOSITS  

Included in interest-bearing deposits are certificates of deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more. These certificates and 

their remaining maturities at December 31, 2005 were as follows:  

Three months or less...............................................................................  
Greater than three through six months....................................................  
Greater than six through twelve months .................................................  
Thereafter................................................................................................  
Total ..............................................................................................  

December 31, 2005  
(Dollars in thousands) 
188,658  
80,731  
103,911  
116,245  
489,545  

$ 

$ 

Interest expense for certificates of deposit in excess of $100,000 was $14.2 million, $8.5 million and $7.4 million, for 

the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  

The Company has no brokered deposits and there are no major concentrations of deposits with any one depositor.  

10. BORROWINGS  

Other borrowings—The Company utilizes borrowings to supplement deposits to fund its lending and investment 

activities. Borrowings consist of funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and correspondent banks. FHLB 
advances are considered short-term, overnight borrowings. At December 31, 2005, the Company had $55.4 million in FHLB 
borrowings which consisted of $38.4 million in long-term FHLB notes payable and $17.0 million in FHLB advances 
compared with $13.1 million in FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2004, all of which were long-term FHLB notes payable. 
The $42.3 million increase was primarily attributable to the $2.6 million in FHLB long-term notes payable acquired in the 
Village acquisition, $30.6 million in FHLB long-term notes payable acquired in the First Capital acquisition and FHLB 
advances of $17.0 million, partially offset by normal pay downs on the remaining notes. The weighted average interest rate 
paid on the FHLB advances at period end was 4.4%. The maturity dates on the FHLB notes payable range from the years 
2006 to 2028 and have interest rates ranging from 2.79% to 8.80%. The highest outstanding balance of FHLB advances 
during 2005 was $39.0 million compared with $50.0 million during 2004. The Company had no federal funds purchased at 
December 31, 2005 or 2004.  

Securities sold under repurchase agreements—At December 31, 2005, the Company had $47.0 million in securities 

sold under repurchase agreements compared with $25.1 million at December 31, 2004, an increase of $21.9 million or 87.5%.  

11. INTEREST RATE RISK  

The Company is principally engaged in providing real estate, consumer and commercial loans, with interest rates that 

are both fixed and variable. These loans are primarily funded through short-term demand deposits and longer-term 
certificates of deposit with variable and fixed rates. The fixed real estate loans are more sensitive to interest rate risk because 
of their fixed rates and longer maturities.  

12. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK  

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk to 

meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby 
letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts 
recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of the 
Company’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.  

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument 

for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. 
The Company uses the same credit policies in making these commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-
balance-sheet instruments.  

78

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
The following is a summary of the contract or notional amount of the various financial instruments entered into by the 

Company:  

December 31,  

Commitments to extend credit ..........................................................  
Standby letters of credit ....................................................................  

$ 

335,291   $ 
7,434  

190,845 
5,863 

2005  
(Dollars in thousands) 

2004  

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition 

established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require 
payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon, the total 
commitment amounts disclosed above do not necessarily represent future cash funding requirements. At December 31, 2005, 
$30.4 million of commitments to extend credit have fixed rates ranging from 3.15% to 18.00%.  

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a 

customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the 
third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the 
Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is 
funded, the Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. The Company’s policies generally require that 
standby letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements.  

The Company evaluates customer creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if 
considered necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.  

13. INCOME TAXES  

The components of the provision for federal income taxes are as follows:  

Current ...............................................................................................  
Deferred. ............................................................................................  
Total...................................................................................................  

$ 

$ 

2005  

Year Ended December 31,  
2004  
(Dollars in thousands) 
16,211   $ 
1,533  
17,744   $ 

17,566  $ 
6,055 

23,621  $ 

2003  

12,203 
210 

12,413 

The provision for federal income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the federal income tax statutory 

rate on income as follows:  

2005  

Year Ended December 31,  
2004  
(Dollars in thousands) 
18,358   $ 

$ 

$ 

25,018 

(538)
(373)
(126)
(139)
—   
(221)

$ 

23,621 

$ 

(612) 
(373) 
(286) 
—    
623  
34  
17,744   $ 

2003  

13,636 

(702)
(373)
(436)
—   
—   
288 

12,413 

Taxes calculated at statutory rate.......................................................  
Increase (decrease) resulting from: 

Tax-exempt interest..................................................................  
Qualified Zone Academy Bond credit......................................  
Dividends received deduction ..................................................  
BOLI income............................................................................  
Amortization of CDI and goodwill ..........................................  
Other, net..................................................................................  
Total...................................................................................................  

79

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:  

Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for credit losses ........................................................ 
Nonaccrual loan interest............................................................. 
Accrued liabilities ...................................................................... 
Bank premises and equipment.................................................... 
Basis difference in loans ............................................................ 
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities .......................... 
Loss carry forwards (expire 2022) ............................................. 
Credit carry forwards (expire 2021)........................................... 
Other........................................................................................... 
Total deferred tax assets ...................................................................... 
Deferred tax liabilities: 

Accretion on investments ........................................................... 
Goodwill and core deposit intangibles ....................................... 
Bank premises and equipment.................................................... 
Basis difference in loans ............................................................ 
Securities premium amortization................................................ 
Investments in partnerships........................................................ 
Prepaid expenses ........................................................................ 
FHLB dividends ......................................................................... 
Other........................................................................................... 
Total deferred tax liabilities.............................................. 
Net deferred tax (liabilities) assets....................................................... 

December 31,  

2005  
(Dollars in thousands) 

2004  

$ 

$ 

$ 

5,917   $ 
—    
659  
—    
—    
2,165  
553  
1,402  
128  
10,824  

(1,134)  $ 
(8,550) 
(1,792) 
(219) 
—    
(2,033) 
(389) 
(580) 
—    
(14,697) 
(3,873)  $ 

4,193 
104 
349 
1,080 
199 
1,669 
1,280 
2,077 
282 

11,233 

(1,196)
(4,879)
—   
—   
(205)
(1,259)
(260)
(98)
—   

(7,897)

3,336 

The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the 

periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred 
tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of 
historical taxable income and estimates of future taxable income over the periods for which the deferred tax assets are 
deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible 
differences at December 31, 2005. The change in the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities include purchase 
accounting adjustments.  

14. STOCK INCENTIVE PROGRAMS  

The Company had three stock-based employee compensation plans at December 31, 2005. Prior to 2003, the Company 

accounted for those plans under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock 
Issued to Employees, and related Interpretations. No stock-based employee compensation cost was reflected in previously 
reported results, as all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying 
common stock on the date of grant. In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 148 (SFAS 148). Accounting for 
Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure, an amendment to FASB Statement No. 123. SFAS 148 provides 
alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based 
employee compensation. SFAS 148 is effective for financial statements for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. 
Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, 
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, as provided by SFAS 148 for stock-based employee compensation.  

During 1995, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a stock option plan (the “1995 Plan”) for executive officers 

and key associates to purchase common stock of Bancshares. A total of 675,000 options have been granted under the 1995 
plan as of December 31, 2005. The maximum number of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to options granted under the 
1995 Plan is 680,000 (after two-for-one and four-for-one stock splits). Options to acquire a total of 53,000 shares of common 
stock of Bancshares were outstanding at December 31, 2005, of which 2,000 shares were exercisable. The 1995 Plan expired 
on July 31, 2005 and therefore no additional options may be issued from the Plan.  

80

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
During 1998, the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders approved a second stock option plan (the “1998 

Plan”) which authorizes the issuance of up to 920,000 (after two-for-one stock split) shares of the common stock of 
Bancshares under both “non-qualified” and “incentive” stock options to employees and “non-qualified” stock options to 
directors who are not employees. The 1998 Plan also provides for the granting of restricted stock awards, stock appreciation 
rights, phantom stock awards and performance awards on substantially similar terms. A total of 886,500 options have been 
granted under the 1998 plan as of December 31, 2005. Options to purchase a total of 830,000 shares of common stock of 
Bancshares were outstanding at December 31, 2005, of which 74,350 shares were exercisable.  

In December 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors established the Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive 
Plan (the “2004 Plan”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders on February 23, 2005. The 2004 Plan authorizes 
the issuance of up to 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options granted under the 2004 Plan or upon 
the grant or exercise, as the case may be, of other awards granted under the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan provides for the 
granting of incentive and nonqualified stock options to employees and nonqualified stock options to directors who are not 
employees. The 2004 Plan also provides for the granting of shares of restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, phantom 
stock awards and performance awards on substantially similar terms. A total of 42,500 options and 4,917 shares of restricted 
stock have been granted under the 2004 Plan as of December 31, 2005. Options to purchase a total of 42,500 shares of 
common stock of Bancshares were outstanding at December 31, 2005, of which none were exercisable. At December 31, 
2005, 4,917 shares of restricted stock were outstanding and subject to forfeiture restrictions.  

On September 1, 2002, the Company acquired Paradigm Bancorporation. The options to purchase shares of Paradigm 
common stock outstanding at the effective time of the transaction were converted into options to purchase a total of 34,673 
shares of Bancshares Common Stock at exercise prices ranging from $8.28 to $11.50 per share. The converted options are 
governed by the original plan under which they were issued. A total of 4,240 options were outstanding at December 31, 2005.  

On November 1, 2003, the Company acquired MainBancorp, Inc. A portion of the options to purchase shares of 
MainBancorp common stock outstanding at the effective time of the transaction were converted at the option of the holder 
into options to purchase a total of 100,851 shares of Bancshares Common Stock at exercise prices ranging from $8.03 to 
$16.26 per share. The converted options are governed by the original plan under which they were issued. A total of 31,127 
options were outstanding at December 31, 2005.  

On August 1, 2004, the Company acquired Liberty Bancshares, Inc. A portion of the options to purchase shares of 

Liberty Bank common stock outstanding at the effective time of the transaction, at the option of the holder, were converted 
into options to purchase a total of 107,948 shares of Bancshares Common Stock at exercise prices ranging from $3.66 to 
$7.79 per share. The converted options were governed by the original plan under which they were issued. No options were 
outstanding at December 31, 2005.  

On March 1, 2005, the Company acquired First Capital Bankers, Inc. The options to purchase shares of First Capital 
Bankers, Inc. common stock outstanding at the effective time of the transaction were converted into options to purchase a 
total of 233,779 shares of Bancshares Common Stock at exercise prices ranging from $8.60 to $20.26 per share. The 
converted options are governed by the original plans under which they were issued. A total of 207,800 options were 
outstanding at December 31, 2005.  

A summary of changes in outstanding options is set forth below:  

2005  

Year Ended December 31,  
2004  

2003  

Number 
of 
Options 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Number 
of 
Options 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Number 
of 
Options 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Options outstanding, beginning of 

period .................................................
Options granted.......................................
Options forfeited.....................................
Options exercised....................................

$ 

918,409 
410,279(1)
(36,923)
(123,098)

$ 

19.64   599,692 
22.35   576,948(2)
24.43  
(52,000)
8.81   (206,231)

$ 

11.69 
22.69 
19.65 
4.60 

  684,153 
  164,851(3)
(78,674)
  (170,638)

Options outstanding, end of period.........

  1,168,667 

$ 

21.58   918,409 

$ 

19.64 

  599,692 

$ 

8.65 
14.58 
15.91 
5.83 

11.69 

(1) 

Includes options to acquire 233,779 shares of Bancshares Common Stock assumed in connection with the First Capital 
acquisition.  

81

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(2) 

(3) 

Includes options to acquire 107,948 shares of Bancshares Common Stock assumed in connection with the Liberty 
acquisition.  
Includes options to acquire 100,851 shares of Bancshares Common Stock assumed in connection with the 
MainBancorp acquisition.  

At December 31, 2005, there were 319,517 options exercisable under all plans at a weighted average price of $17.27 

and 123,098 options were exercised. At December 31, 2004, there were 85,209 options exercisable under all plans at a 
weighted average exercise price of $14.00. During 2004, 206,231 options were exercised. At December 31, 2003, there were 
79,192 options exercisable under all plans at a weighted average exercise price of $9.68 and 170,638 options were exercised.  

During 2005, the Company granted 15,000 options under the 1995 Plan, 119,000 options under the 1998 Plan and 
42,500 options under the 2004 Plan. The options were granted at exercise prices ranging from $25.57 per share to $30.99 per 
share. Compensation expense in the amount of $619,000 was recorded.  

During 2004, the Company granted 469,000 options under the 1998 Plan. The options were granted at exercise prices 

ranging from $23.60 per share to $27.02 per share. Compensation expense in the amount of $141,000 was recorded.  

During 2003, the Company granted 64,000 options under the 1998 Plan. The options were granted at exercise prices 

ranging from $19.30 per share to $23.10 per share. Compensation expense in the amount of $25,000 was recorded.  

The weighted-average fair value of the stock options granted on the respective grant dates ranged from $5.05 to $6.40 

in 2005 and ranged from $5.09 to $6.94 in 2004 respectively. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of options 
outstanding as of December 31, 2005 ranged from 9.16 years to 9.92 years for the options granted in 2005 and ranged from 
8.05 years to 8.80 years for the options granted in 2004, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of the stock options on 
the grant dates ranged from $5.09 to $6.94 in 2004 and ranged from $3.89 to $5.13 in 2003 respectively. The weighted-
average remaining contractual life of options outstanding as of December 31, 2005 ranged from 8.05 years to 8.80 years for 
the options granted in 2004 and ranged from 7.35 years to 7.84 years for the options granted in 2003, respectively.  

The fair value of options was estimated using an option-pricing model with the following weighted average 

assumptions:  

Expected life .......................................................................................
Risk free interest rate ..........................................................................
Volatility.............................................................................................
Dividend yield ....................................................................................

Year Ended December 31,  
    2004      
5.82  
3.56%   
22.00%   
1.13%   

    2005      
4.50  
3.93%  
19.00%  
1.19%  

    2003      
4.50  
2.58%
23.00%
1.25%

The following table presents information relating to the Company’s stock options outstanding at December 31, 2005:  

Options Outstanding 2005  

Options Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Prices 

$  0.00 - $  5.00 ...................................  
$  5.01 - $10.00 ...................................  
$10.01 - $15.00 ...................................  
$15.00 - $20.00 ...................................  
$20.01 - $25.00 ...................................  
$25.01 - $31.00 ...................................  

15. PROFIT SHARING PLAN  

Number 
Outstanding 

36,000  $ 
9,329 
113,671 
268,017 
187,150 
554,500 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 
3.125 
8.12 
10.19 
17.62 
21.49 
27.28 

Weighted 
Average Remaining 
Life (years) 

Number 
Outstanding 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 
—   
8.12 
10.48 
17.44 
20.26 
—   

2.17  $ 
3.10 
5.63 
5.39 
5.96 
8.94 

—    $ 

9,329 
42,671 
150,367 
117,150 
—   

  1,168,667  $ 

21.58 

7.07  $ 

319,517  $ 

17.27 

The Company has adopted a profit sharing plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code whereby the 

participants may contribute a percentage of their compensation as permitted under the Code. Matching contributions are 
made at the discretion of the Company. Presently, the Company matches 50% of an employee’s contributions, up to 15% 
of such employee’s compensation, not to exceed the maximum allowable pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code and 
excluding catch-up contributions. Such matching contributions were approximately $866,000, $681,000 and $593,000, for 
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  

82

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  

Leases—The following table presents a summary of non-cancelable future operating lease commitments as of 

December 31, 2005 (dollars in thousands):  

2006. ........................................................................................  
2007. ........................................................................................  
2008 .........................................................................................  
2009 .........................................................................................  
2010 .........................................................................................  
Thereafter.................................................................................  
Total ...............................................................................  

$ 

$ 

2,987  
2,601  
2,131  
1,679  
1,300  
2,966  
13,664  

It is expected that in the normal course of business, expiring leases will be renewed or replaced by leases on other 

property or equipment.  

Rent expense under all noncancelable operating lease obligations aggregated approximately $3.0 million for the year 

ended December 31, 2005, $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 and $1.3 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2003.  

Litigation—The Company has been named as a defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of 
business. In the opinion of management, after reviewing such claims with outside counsel, resolution of such matters will not 
have a materially adverse impact on the consolidated financial statements.  

17. REGULATORY MATTERS  

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking 

agencies. Any institution that fails to meet its minimum capital requirements is subject to actions by regulators that could 
have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under the capital adequacy guidelines 
and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines based on the 
Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off- balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The 
Company’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and the Bank’s classification under the regulatory framework for prompt 
corrective action are also subject to qualitative judgements by the regulators about the components, risk weightings and other 
factors.  

To meet the capital adequacy requirements, the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum capital amounts and 
ratios as defined in the regulations. Management believes, as of December 31, 2005 that the Company and the Bank met all 
capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.  

At December 31, 2005, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under 

the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain 
minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There have been no conditions 
or events since that notification which management believes have changed the Bank’s category.  

83

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
The following is a summary of the Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios at December 31, 2005 and 2004:  

Actual  

Amount  

Ratio  

For Capital 
Adequacy Purposes 
Amount  
Ratio  
(Dollars in thousands) 

CONSOLIDATED: 
As of December 31, 2005: 
Total Capital 

(to Risk Weighted Assets) ............. $  271,470  

16.37% $  132,636 

8.0%  

Tier I Capital 

(to Risk Weighted Assets) .............

254,267  

Tier I Capital 

(to Average Tangible Assets) ........

254,267  

As of December 31, 2004: 
Total Capital 

15.34  

7.83  

66,318 

97,366 

4.0  

3.0  

(to Risk Weighted Assets) ............. $  173,179  

14.67% $ 

94,411 

8.0%  

Tier I Capital 

(to Risk Weighted Assets) .............

160,074  

Tier I Capital 

(to Average Tangible Assets) ........

160,074  

13.56  

6.30  

47,205 

76,218 

4.0  

3.0  

Actual  

Amount  

Ratio  

For Capital 
Adequacy Purposes 
Amount  
Ratio  
(Dollars in thousands) 

PROSPERITY BANK® ONLY: 
As of December 31, 2005: 
Total Capital 

To Be Categorized As 
Well Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 

Amount  

Ratio  

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A  

N/A  

N/A  

N/A  

N/A  

N/A  

To Be Categorized As 
Well Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 

Amount  

Ratio  

(to Risk Weighted Assets) ............. $  265,486  

16.08% $  132,105 

8.0% $ 

165,131 

10.0%

Tier I Capital 

(to Risk Weighted Assets) .............

248,283  

Tier I Capital 

(to Average Tangible Assets) ........

248,283  

As of December 31, 2004: 
Total Capital 

15.04  

7.67  

66,052 

97,165 

4.0  

3.0  

99,079 

161,941 

6.0  

5.0  

(to Risk Weighted Assets) ............. $  167,157  

14.20% $ 

94,156 

8.0% $ 

117,695 

10.0%

Tier I Capital 

(to Risk Weighted Assets) .............

154,052  

Tier I Capital 

(to Average Tangible Assets) ........

154,052  

13.09  

6.07  

47,078 

76,120 

4.0  

3.0  

70,617 

126,867 

6.0  

5.0  

Dividends paid by Bancshares and the Bank are subject to restrictions by certain regulatory agencies. Dividends paid 
by Bancshares during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $9.6 million, $6.7 million and $4.9 million, 
respectively. Dividends paid by the Bank to Bancshares during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were 
$6.0 million, $40.0 million and $37.0 million, respectively.  

84

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
18. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  

Disclosures of the estimated fair value amounts of financial instruments have been determined by the Company using 

available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is necessarily 
required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not 
necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market 
assumptions and/or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.  

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for 

which it is practicable to estimate that value:  

Cash and Cash Equivalents—For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair 

value.  

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Financial Institutions—The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  

Federal Funds Sold—The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  

Securities—For securities held as investments, fair value equals quoted market price, if available. If a quoted market 

price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.  

Loans Held for Investment—For certain homogeneous categories of loans (such as some residential mortgages and 
other consumer loans), fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the risk-free Treasury rate for the 
applicable maturity, adjusted for servicing and credit risk. The carrying value of variable rate loans approximates fair value 
because the loans reprice frequently to current market rates.  

Deposits—The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market deposits is the amount 

payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates 
currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.  

Junior Subordinated Debentures—The fair value of the junior subordinated debentures was calculated using the 
quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market 
prices for similar subordinated debentures.  

Other Borrowings—Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities 

are used to estimate the fair value of existing debt using a discounted cash flows methodology.  

Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements—The fair value of securities sold under repurchase agreements is the 

amount payable on demand at the reporting date.  

Federal Home Loan Bank Notes Payable—Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and 

remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value of existing debt using a discounted cash flows methodology.  

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments—The fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of 

credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms 
of the agreement and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.  

85

 
  
The estimated fair values of the Company’s interest-earning financial instruments are as follows:  

Financial assets: 

Cash and due from banks ...........................................
Interest bearing deposits in financial institutions .......
Federal funds sold ......................................................
Held to maturity securities .........................................
Available for sale securities .......................................
Loans held for investment ..........................................
Less allowance for credit losses .................................

Total.....................................................................................
Financial liabilities: 

Deposits......................................................................
Junior subordinated debentures ..................................
Other borrowings .......................................................
Securities sold under repurchase agreements .............
Federal Home Loan Bank notes payable....................

Total.....................................................................................

December 31,  

2005  

2004  

Carrying 
Amount  

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

Carrying 
Amount  

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

(Dollars in thousands) 

$ 

91,518  $ 
297 
5,846 
1,162,241 
410,361 
1,542,125 
(17,203)

58,760 
200 
79,150 
1,124,500 
177,683 
1,046,218 
(13,105)
$  3,195,185  $  3,152,932  $  2,463,310   $  2,473,406 

91,518  $ 
297 
5,846 
1,135,694 
410,361 
1,526,419 
(17,203)

58,760   $ 
200  
79,150  
1,125,109  
177,683  
1,035,513  

(13,105)   

$  2,920,318  $  2,917,559  $  2,317,076   $  2,322,213 
42,795 
—   
25,058 
14,021 
$  3,098,482  $  3,094,446  $  2,402,674   $  2,404,087 

47,424  
—    
25,058  
13,116  

74,110 
17,000 
46,985 
38,792 

75,775 
17,000 
46,985 
38,404 

The differences in fair value and carrying value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit were not 

material at December 31, 2005 and 2004.  

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of the dates 

indicated. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, 
such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since those dates and, 
therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.  

19. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES  

At December 31, 2005, the Company had six issues of junior subordinated debentures outstanding totaling 

$75.8 million compared with four issues totaling $47.4 million at December 31, 2004 as shown in the following table. The 
Company assumed $28.4 million in junior subordinated debentures in connection with the First Capital acquisition in 2005.  

Description 

Paradigm Capital Trust II(1) ...............  

Trust 
Preferred 
Securities 
Interest Rate(5)  
Outstanding  
  Feb. 20, 2001  $  6,000,000  3-month LIBOR

Issuance Date  

+ 4.50% 

Prosperity Statutory Trust II .............  

  July 31, 2001 

First Capital Statutory Trust I(2).........  

  Mar. 26, 2002 

First Capital Statutory Trust II(2)........  

  Sept. 26, 2002 

  15,000,000  3-month LIBOR
+ 3.58%, not to
exceed 12.50%
  20,000,000  3-month LIBOR

+ 3.60% 

7,500,000  3-month LIBOR

Prosperity Statutory Trust III............  
Prosperity Statutory Trust IV............  

  Aug. 15, 2003 
  Dec. 30, 2003 

  12,500,000 
  12,500,000 

+ 3.40% 
6.50%(3)  
6.50%(4)  

Junior 
Subordinated 
Debt Owed 
to Trusts 
$  6,186,000 

Maturity 
Date(6)  
  Feb. 20, 2031 

  15,464,000 

  July 31, 2031 

  20,619,000 

  Mar. 26, 2032 

7,732,000 

  Sept. 26, 2032 

  12,887,000 
  12,887,000 

  Sept. 17, 2033 
  Dec. 30, 2033 

(1)  Assumed in connection with the Paradigm acquisition on September 1, 2002 and fully redeemed on February 28, 2006.  
(2)  Assumed in connection with the First Capital acquisition on March 1, 2005.  
(3)  The debentures bear a fixed interest rate until September 17, 2008, when the rate begins to float on a quarterly basis 

based on the three-month LIBOR plus 3.00%.  

86

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
(4)  The debentures bear a fixed interest rate until December 30, 2008, when the rate begins to float on a quarterly basis 

based on the three-month LIBOR plus 2.85%.  

(5)  The 3-month LIBOR in effect as of December 31, 2005 was 4.53%.  
(6)  The debentures are callable five years after issuance date.  

On December 31, 2004, the Company redeemed in full the $12.4 million in junior subordinated debentures issued to 

Prosperity Capital Trust I. Prosperity Capital Trust I in turn redeemed in full the trust preferred securities and common 
securities it issued.  

Each of the trusts is a capital or statutory business trust organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust securities and 

investing the proceeds in the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The preferred trust securities of each trust represent 
preferred beneficial interests in the assets of the respective trusts and are subject to mandatory redemption upon payment of 
the junior subordinated debentures held by the trust. The common securities of each trust are wholly-owned by the Company. 
Each trust’s ability to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon the Company making 
payment on the related junior subordinated debentures. The debentures, which are the only assets of each trust, are 
subordinate and junior in right of payment to all of the Company’s present and future senior indebtedness. The Company has 
fully and unconditionally guaranteed each trust’s obligations under the trust securities issued by each respective trust to the 
extent not paid or made by each trust, provided such trust has funds available for such obligations.  

Under the provisions of each issue of the debentures, the Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the 

debentures at any time, or from time to time, for periods not exceeding five years. If interest payments on either issue of the 
debentures are deferred, the distributions on the applicable trust preferred securities and common securities will also be 
deferred.  

In late 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Interpretation No. 46R (FIN 46R), 

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 (Revised December 
2003). FIN 46R requires that trust preferred securities be deconsolidated from the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements. The Company adopted FIN 46R on January 1, 2004 and as a result, no longer reflects the trust preferred securities 
in its consolidated financial statements. Instead, the junior subordinated debentures are shown as liabilities in the Company’s 
consolidated balance sheets and interest expense associated with the junior subordinated debentures is shown as interest 
expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.  

87

 
  
December 31,  

2005  
(Dollars in thousands) 

2004  

2,166   $ 

528,262  
464  
387  
387  
186  
619  
232  
3,983  
4,355  
541,041   $ 

4,614 
311,656 
464 
387 
387 
186 
—   
—   
3,983 
1,753 

323,430 

549   $ 

75,775  
76,324  

359 
47,424 

47,783 

27,858  
280,525  
160,883  
(3,942) 
(607) 
464,717  
541,041   $ 

22,418 
134,288 
122,647 
(3,099)
(607)

275,647 

323,430 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

20. PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  
(Parent Company Only)  
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS  

ASSETS 

Cash.........................................................................................................  
Investment in subsidiary..........................................................................  
Investment in Prosperity Statutory Trust II .............................................  
Investment in Prosperity Statutory Trust III............................................  
Investment in Prosperity Statutory Trust IV ...........................................  
Investment in Paradigm Capital Trust II .................................................  
Investment in First Capital Statutory Trust I...........................................  
Investment in First Capital Statutory Trust II..........................................  
Goodwill, net...........................................................................................  
Other assets .............................................................................................  
TOTAL .............................................................................................................  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
LIABILITIES: 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities..........................................  
Junior subordinated debentures ...............................................................  
Total liabilities ...............................................................................  

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY: 

Common stock ........................................................................................  
Capital surplus.........................................................................................  
Retained earnings ....................................................................................  
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities, net of tax benefit ..........  
Less treasury stock, at cost, 37,088 shares ..............................................  
Total shareholders’ equity .............................................................  
TOTAL .............................................................................................................  

88

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  
(Parent Company Only)  
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  

OPERATING INCOME: 

Dividends from subsidiaries...........................................................................  
Other income..................................................................................................  
Total income .........................................................................................  

OPERATING EXPENSE: 

Junior subordinated debentures interest expense............................................  
Stock option compensation expense...............................................................  
Other expenses ...............................................................................................  
Total operating expense........................................................................  

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX BENEFIT AND EQUITY IN 

UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES......................................  
FEDERAL INCOME TAX BENEFIT ....................................................................  
INCOME BEFORE EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF 

SUBSIDIARIES .................................................................................................  
EQUITY (DISTRIBUTIONS IN EXCESS OF EARNINGS) IN UNDISTRIBUTED 
EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES ......................................................................  
NET INCOME.........................................................................................................  

For the Years Ended December 31,  
2003  
2004  
2005  
(Dollars in thousands) 

$ 

6,000  $  40,000  $  37,900 
79 
112 

142 

6,142 

40,112 

37,979 

4,895 
619 
484 

5,998 

143 
1,833 

4,046 
141 
228 

4,415 

2,630 
26 
252 

2,908 

35,697 
1,498 

35,071 
990 

1,976 

37,195 

36,061 

45,884 

(2,488)

(9,513)

$  47,860  $  34,707  $  26,548 

89

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  
(Parent Company Only)  
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

2005  

For the Years Ended December 31,  
2004  
(Dollars in thousands) 

2003  

$ 

47,860   $ 

34,707  $ 

26,548 

(45,883)

619    
132    
(277)
(117)
2,334    

2,488 
141 
—   
(1,508)
37 

9,513 
25 
—   
369 
(189)

35,865 

36,266 

—      
3,757    
—      
3,757    

1,085    
—      

(9,624)

—      

(8,539)

(2,448)
4,614    
2,166   $ 

$ 

(28,016)
—   
(10)

(28,026)

1,047 
(12,000)
(6,670)
—   

(17,623)

(9,784)
14,398 

(44,805)
—   
—   

(44,805)

995 
—   
(4,855)
24,770 

20,910 

12,371 
2,027 

4,614  $ 

14,398 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 

Net income .................................................................................................  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 

activities: 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries ...............................  
Stock option compensation expense .................................................  
Restricted stock award......................................................................  
(Increase) decrease in other assets ....................................................  
(Decrease) increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities  
Net cash provided by operating activities ...............................  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 

Cash paid for acquisitions ..........................................................................  
Cash acquired from acquisitions ................................................................  
Capital contribution to subsidiary ..............................................................  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities.................  

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Issuance of common stock .........................................................................  
Redemption of junior subordinated debentures (net) .................................  
Payments of cash dividends .......................................................................  
Proceeds from issuance of junior subordinated debentures (net) ...............  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ................  
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ......  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...................  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD .................................  

90

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
21. SUBSEQUENT EVENT  

On February 28, 2006, the Company redeemed in full the $6.2 million in junior subordinated debentures issued to 
Paradigm Capital Trust II. Paradigm Capital Trust II in turn redeemed in full the trust preferred securities and common 
securities it issued.  

91

 
  
Exhibit index:  

Each exhibit marked with an asterisk is filed or furnished, as indicated, with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Exhibit 
Number(1) 

Description 

2.1  —Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of November 16, 2005 by and between the Company and 

SNB Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed November 17, 2005) 

2.2  —Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of October 25, 2004, by and between the Company and First 
Capital Bankers, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Registration 
Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-121767)) 

2.3  —Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of May 1, 2002 by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 
and Paradigm Bancorporation, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-91248)) 

2.4  —Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of February 22, 2002 by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and 

American Bancorp of Oklahoma, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002) 

2.5  —Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of April 26, 2002 by and among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., 
Prosperity Bank and The First State Bank (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002) 

2.6  —Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and between the Prosperity Bancshares, Inc and Commercial 

Bancshares, Inc. dated November 8, 2000 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-52342)) 

2.7  —Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and South Texas 

Bancshares, Inc. dated June 17, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 
10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999) 

2.8  —Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated June 5, 1998 by and among Prosperity, Prosperity Bank and 

Union State Bank (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 

3.1  —Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Prosperity (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 

to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 

3.2  —Amended and Restated Bylaws of Prosperity (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the 

Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 10, 2006) 

4.1  —Form of certificate representing shares of Prosperity common stock (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 

4.2  —Indenture dated as of July 31, 2001 by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., as Issuer, and State Street 

Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, with respect to the Floating Rate Junior 
Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001) 

4.3  —Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Prosperity Statutory Trust II dated as of July 31, 2001 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended September 30, 2001) 

4.4  —Guarantee Agreement dated as of July 31, 2001 by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and State Street 
Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
4.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001) 

92

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number(1) 
  10.1†  —Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 

Description 

Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 

  10.2†  —Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 

Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 

  10.3†  —Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the 

Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-121767)) 

  10.4†  —Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Prosperity Bank and David Zalman 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 
24, 2005) 

  10.5†  —Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Prosperity Bank and H. E. Timanus, Jr. 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 
24, 2005) 

  10.6†  —Termination Agreement dated as of December 8, 2005 by and among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., Prosperity 

Bank and D. Michael Hunter (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed December 9, 2005) 

  10.7†  —Non-Competition Agreement dated as of December 8, 2005 by and among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., 

Prosperity Bank and D. Michael Hunter (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 9, 2005) 

  10.8†  —Paradigm Bancorporation, Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to 

the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-100815)) 

  10.9†  —MainBancorp, Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the 

Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-110755)) 

  10.10†  —Form of MainBancorp, Inc. Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to 

Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-110755)) 

  10.11†  —First Capital Bankers, Inc. 1996 Executive Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004) 

  10.12†  —First Capital Bankers, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference 

to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004) 

  21.1*  —Subsidiaries of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 

  23.1*  —Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP 

  31.1*  —Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934, as amended. 

  31.2*  —Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934, as amended. 

  32.1*  —Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, adopted pursuant to Section 

906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

  32.2*  —Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, adopted pursuant to Section 

906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

†  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.  
* 
(1)  The Company has other long-term debt agreements that meet the exclusion set forth in Section 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of 

Filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Regulation S-K. The Company hereby agrees to furnish a copy of such agreements to the Commission upon request.  

93